Sie sind auf Seite 1von 342

Chairman: Mr.

Hu Zhirong

Chairman's Address:
Providing quality explosion-proof products to customers, and spreading national spirit to the world. Leading to revitalize national explosion-proof industry, Warom Technology is mar ching forward to the great goal of creating a world brand. We sincerely hope that friends from all walks of life support and pay close attention to Warom, move forward hand in hand, and create a brilliant and splendid future together.

Chairman:

WELCOME TO JOIN US !

General Contents
General Information

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Introduction of Warom Technology Incorporated Company / Basics of Exp losion Protect io n / Basics of Water-proof Dust-proof / Schematic Diagram of Field Installation / Technical Data of Lamp

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp / Energy-saving Lightings / Pendant Light Fittings / Floodlights / Street lamps / Ballasts / Hand Lamps / Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings

Installation Equipments
Installation Switches / Junction Boxes / Terminal Boxes / Plug and Sockets

Control Equipments
Position Switches / Control Stations and Components / Control Units / Control B uttons / Indicators / Control Switches / Ammeters and Voltmeters

Loads and Motor Switchgears


Motor Switches / Standard Motor Starters

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Distribution Boxes / Explosion-proof Enclosures / Increased Safety Enclosures

Cable Glands and Bushings


Bushings / Connectors / Seal Bushings / Cable Glands / Flexible Conduits / Accessories

Air Conditioners and Pressurized products


Brief Introduction / Window Air Conditioners / Wall Air Conditioners / Tank Air Conditioners / Distribution cabinets / Engineering Cabins

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1
Contents
Introduction of Warom Technology Incorporated Company Brief Introduction Explosion-proof Technology Introduction Explosion-proof Production Introduction Quality Control Introduction Sales Introduction Basics of Explosion Protection Explosion Protection Classification of Zones Temperature Classes Explosion Groups Types of Protection Certification and Marking Basics of Water-proof Dust-proof Schematic Diagram of Field Installation Technical Data of Lamp 1/9 1/9 1/10 1/10 1/11 1/13 1/14 1/15 1/17 1/1 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/8

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/0

Brief Introduction

Company Brief
Warom Technology Incorporated Company is t he l eading enterprise of Chinese explos ion-proof industry with a registe red ca pi ta l of 32 million USD, located in Jiading District of Shanghai, China. The company specializes in manufacturing explosion-proof lighting fixtures, and explosion-proof apparatus for industrial, m ining, marine and offshore usage. In addition, the c omp any produces special portable lighting, waterproof and dust-proof light fittings and apparatus, elevators, and floor building material. Warom Technology is cu rrent ly the exec utive member unit of China Electrical Apparatus Industrial Association, and the Vice President member Unit of China Explosion-Proof Electrical Apparatu s Associa tion. In add ition , Warom is the membe r unit of various professional organizations, including China Ship Association, China Quality Association, and S hangha i Chamber o f Import a nd Export Trade. Aimin g to cre ate a wo rld bra nd, Warom Technology has organized a technical force with great strength; there are over 200 technical talents within the team. Warom Technology manufactures products that are representing the most advanced level in terms of quality and technical standards in China. The key technical indexes of explosion-proof performance, water-proof performance, and anti-corrosive performanc e of its exporting products are compliant to international requirements. The comp any has acquired intellectual property right of all its products, and has obtained Chinese and international patent certificates. And the Warom trademark has been registered in more than 30 countries and regions. The industrial park established by Warom Technology in Shanghai is the largest explosion-proof apparatus production base in China, and it is also one of the top five largest explosion-proof mass production bases in the world. It facilitates with advanced equipments

Let Warom s Product Speak for itself !

1/1

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Brief Introduction

with the be st build-in technical process; it has a well structured quality assurance system, and it is managed by international standards, quality guarantee system and international management system. A 160,000 square meters modern manufacturing building with more than 2,500 production workers. Equipped with a series of high precision processing machineries, and achieved automatic and semi-automatic process for the key production techniques, including diecast, machining, and painting. An A grade laboratory accredited by national authority has been establish ed, with a ran ge of a dvance d inspection a nd testing equipments, including Spectrum Analyzer, X-Ray Perspective Instrument, 3D Projector, High and Low Temperature Environmental Simulator, and Salt Fog and Anti Corrosive Equipments. ISO9001 quality management system certified; and the products have obtained several ATEX certificates, such as PTB of Germany, LCIE of France, Nemko and DNV of Norway, IECEx certificates, and other certificates like FM of USA, GOST .R of Russia, CIG of Brazil and TISI of Thailand, etc. Warom s products have been widely used in various industries including Oil and Gas, Chemical, Aerospace, Coal, Electric Power, Railway, Metallurgy, Marine, Security, Fire Protection, Irrigation, City Planning, T elecom and Diving Rescue. The products are sold to 31 provinces in China in dominant position and to over 50 countries. The Company has become a reliable supplier and cooperative partner to many renowned companies and gained strong brand recognition with various awards including Famous-brand Product , Famous Trademark , AAA Credit Rating Company , and The Credible Enterprise etc.

Warom is advancing toward the world! Warom is creating a world brand of explosion protection!

Let Product Ensure User s Safety !

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/2

Explosion-proof Technology Introduction

Our Technology
Technology is the key to Warom s competitive core, and it is also the driving force behind Warom s rapid development. After over twenty years of effort, Warom has gained a great technological strength and led the industrial trend of Chinese explosion-proof electrical apparatus; and currently the group is actively approaching international advanced technology. At the present, the technological center of Warom Technology has more than 200 professi onal talent s wit h s pec ialt y across different application science including Electric, Machinery, Automation, Chemical Corrosion, Information Technology, Communication, Mechanical Technics, Foundry, Measurement, and Illumination. Over the years, this team has demonstrated dynamic succession of technology and strong innovative capability. The de velop ment o f technology roots from specialization; Warom has seven specialized R&D departments conce ntrat ing in desi gning , researching and developing different product respectively. The seven R&D departments are Exporting Product T echnical Department, Lighting Technical Department, Electrical Apparatus Technical Depar tment, Mini ng Product Technical Department, Plastic Technical Department, Pipe Fittings Technical Department, and Fan Technical Department. The Exporting Product Technical Department is operated directly by the Foreign Trade Division; and it develops industrial explosionproof products that are compliant to IEC, EN, GOST stan dards in acco rdance to the i nternational market requirements. It adopts various software, including CAD Design Software, 3D Simulation Software, and Illuminance Calculation Software to consummate the whole designing process, and strives for the full satisfaction of customer requirements in product design. Every year, the Exporting Product Technical Depar tment develops 20 new products, and launches explosion-proof products that are meeting the needs of the internati onal market; until now Warom T echnology has completed the development and the certification works of over 60 product seri es fo r ex porti ng, and has issued International Explosion-Proof Product Catalogue of 2012 edition for the international market.

The technical department ensures the satisfaction of customer requirements of the design output through adopting CAD, Electric CAD and 3D Design Software, conducting Simulation of Elect ric P erfor mance, and Controlling of Designing Process. Th e 3D Design Software simulates the field condition, and the 3D Illuminanc e Calculation Software calculates the light illuminance in any point of a 3D space for the actual application effect, so to ensure the on-site lighting requirement of user.

1/3

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Explosion-proof Production Introduction

Production Introduction
After over twenty years development, the company has founded the explosion-proof manufacturing base in Jiading of Shanghai, Chi na, with land coverage of 150,000 square meters and a building coverage of 160,000 square meters. It has over 2,500 production workers with an annual production capacity of 300 million USD. There are seven units within the production department, including Export Production Unit, Die-Cast Unit, Fabricating Unit, Electric Appliance Unit, Piping Unit, Fan Unit, and Plastic Unit, forming an all-in-one explosion-proof apparatus manufacturing system. The Exporting Production Unit is focusing on producing explosion-proof products for exporting that are complied with IEC, EN and GOST standard s. The unit is dire ctly under the management of the Foreign Trade Division of the company and is operating within the Quality Management System of ISO9001, IECEx/OD005 and ATEX/EN13980. We believe firmly that the quality is controlled in the process, an d we apply a variety of inspection equipments, inspection measures, an d management mode to ensure the quality of our product through delicate elaboration.

Dust Free Assembly Workshop

Assembly line

Semi-automatic Spray Processing Conveyer

Die-Cast Workshop

Computer Numerical Control Processing Workshop

Micro-computerised Automatic Die-casting Unit

Micro-computerised Automatic Processing Center

Five-axis Automatic Machining Center

Automatic Turning Center

Micro-computerised Automatic Drilling & Tapping Equipment

Micro-computerised Automatic Threading Unit

Micro-computerised Automatic Plane Milling Machine Unit

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/4

Quality Control Introduction

Quality Control Introduction


Quality is the life of an enterprise; we follow strictly the stipulation of ISO9001:2008 Quality Management System: requirement for manuf actur ing, stand ard f or in spect ion, record for processing, traceability for responsibility, correction for misplay, preve nti on t o lat ent fault, continuing improvement. The quality management is a direct responsibility of the General Manag er; we have s et up the qua lity inspection department, the inspe ction and te sting cente r, the m easurement center, and the quality management department internally, and we foll ow one author ity princ iple, consi stent respo nsibi lity a nd power principle, and non-vacancy and non-overlapping principle to ensure the authori ty and the uniqueness of quality control. We a re a n or ganizational member of China Product Quality Association , Our product has been awarded National Produc t of Sta ble China Petroleum and and Certified Quality and our quality management organization has been awarded the title o f Chemical Industry Association as an Advan ced Quality Management

Enterprise and our Inspection and Testing Laboratory has been the first in the industry that evaluated by

A Grade Quality Inspection Organization of Petroleum and Chemical Enterprise .

We are not only paying attention to the quality control during the manufacturing process, we pay more attention to the outgoing inspection before our products leave the factory. We make sure that each product must go through various inspection and testing items before it leaves the factory, and only those qualified after inspection and test are allowed to leave the factory.

Electrical Laboratory The electrical laboratory can perform various tests, including: Glow-Wire T est, Tracking Test, Needle Flame Test, Insulation Resistance Measurement, Voltage Withstand Test, Low Resistance Measurement, Contact Resistance Measurement, Earth Resistance Measurement, Lithium Battery Inner Resistance Measurement, and LED Luminous Flux Test and Measurement.

1/5

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Quality Control Introduction

Mechanical Testing Center The mechanical test center is equip ped with C omputerized Universal Hydraulic Testing Machine, Micro-processed Spring Dynamometer, and Impact Testing Equipment. Various tests and measurements can be performed in the center, such as Material Strength Measurement (yield strength, and tensile strength, etc.), Pulling Force Test, Tempered Glass Impact Test, Spring Force Measurement, Rubber Hardness Measurement, and Material Hardness Measurement.

Environmental Testing Center Various Inspections and tests can be performed in the Environmental Test Center, such as Rubber Agin g Test, Dust Protection Test, High & Low Temperature Test, Damp Heat Test, Low Temperature Environmental Simulation T est, High Temperature Environment Simulation Test, Anti-Corrosi on Test, and Adhesive Force Test of Plastic Coating, etc.

High and Low Temperature Test, Damp Heat Test Chamber

Salt Fog Test Chamber

Material Strength Measurement

Lamp Photochromic Electric Test

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/6

Quality Control Introduction

Material Analysis Using Spectrometric Analyzer Imported directly from Germany, the Full-Spectrum Spark Direct Reading Spectrometric Analyzer enables us to perform micro constituent analysis for the three basic materials of copper, alumin um, and steel, and the analysis of various constituent can be completed in mere 10 seconds.

High Precision Image Measuring Instrument High Precision Image Measuring Instrument utilizes the principle of microscope image projec tion, it can be used for two dimensional and three dimensional precis ion measurement and fla mepro of thread measurement. This instrument has sel f calibration module, and the measurement accuracy can be as high as 5 micron.

Measurement of Luminous Intensity Distribution Curve The Distribution Photometer is used for measuring the luminous intensity distribution curve of various lighting fixtures, it can satisfy the latest requirements of domestic and international standards; it can perform functional measurement for various luminous intensi ties, and it is suitable for luminous intensity test of different types of light source. Thi s Distribution Photometer is controlled by computer with automatic focus adjustment, so the distribution curve can be finished in one run.

Ingress Protection Test

Ultrasonic Thickness Measurement (measuring glass thickness, etc.)

1/7

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Sales Introduction

Sales Introduction
We are devoted to the market development. We have established a massive sales network in China, with over 200 local sales branch offices. Warom has gained strong brand recognition in China; and from Aerospace Industry to Military Industry, Oil Exploitation in land and offs hore , fr om O il R efin ery to Fine Chemical, from Heavy Industrial Smelt to shipbuilding, from Vintage and Wi nery to P harm ac euti cal Manufacturing, and also Coal Mining, Warom s products have been widely used in different industries. For the past 10 years till now, Warom has been the No.1 in terms of sales and production in the explosion-proof industry of China. In year 2002, Warom started its international endeavor by activating international market research, technological development, and quality positioning. Since then Warom has actively participated in various international professional exhibitions, such as Germany Hann over Mes se, Iran Oil & P etro chem ical Exhibition, Indonesia Oil & Petrochemical Exhibition, ASEAN Oil & C hem ica l E xhi bit ion, and Brazi l Inte rnati onal Oil & Gas Ex hibition. In year 2005, we have completed the design, and the production and quality control syst em for the e xpor ting prod ucts ; and our products have been exported to various countries and regions, including Germany, Italy, Franc e, Po land , Russia, Ka zakhsta n, I ran, Om an, Saudi Arabia, U.A.E, Syria, Israel, Sudan, Egypt, South Africa, Pakistan, Vietnam, Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Brazil, Chile, Argentina and Columbia, etc. We are currently increasing our effort in developing the international market, and have appointed distributors and agents in over 35 countries and regions, including Russia, Spain, Turkey, South Africa, Iran, D ubai, Vietna m, Thailand, and Brazil . Our next step in mar ket ing is to es tab lis h m ore of fic es in the Middle East, EU, Africa andAmerica, and we welcome all interest ed part ie s to joi n u s c rea tin g a new world brand.

Warom s BAY51-Q36X2 series fluorescent li ghts that are applied to petrochemical enterprise SECCO (joint venture between SINOPEC & BP).

Discussion with customers in ADIPEC 2010.

Warom s BAD81, BSZD81 series lighting used in Gas Separation Plant & Et hane Separation Project spot (PTT).

Customers at our electrical assembly line.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/8

Basics of Explosion Protection Explosion Protection Classification of Zones

Flammable gases, mists and dusts, together with oxygen, form explosive atmospheres. Ignition of such atmospheres may cause serious damage to personnel and equipments. Explosion takes place in the condition of the following factors: flammable substances (gas, vapour, mist or dust) in a suitable distribution and concentration oxygen(from the air) ignition source An ex plosi ve at mosphere occurs if the substance- air mixtur e lie s within a ce rtain concentration range, which is d efined as Explosion Limits. Explosion limits depend on the ambient pressure and oxygen concentration of the air.

Explosion Protection
In order to avoid explosions and consequential dangers, an operator must incorporate effective explosion protec tion preca utions into plant. The principle of full explosion requires that explosion protection measures be taken in the following order. Measure to prevent formation of dangerous explosive atmospheres. Measure to prevent ignition of dangerous explosive atmospheres. Measure to restrict the effects of explosion to a safe level. Distinguished as: Primary explosion protection: all measures to prevent the formation of explosive atmosphere Secondary explosion protection: all measures to restrict the effects of explosion to an insignificant level Explosion protection minimize explosion effects

Classification of Zones
Hazardous areas are classified into Zones, depending on the composition and presence of an explosive atmosphere. This enables both selection of suitable equipment and appropriate electrical installation. Electrical apparatus for use in hazardous areas are assigned to various categories. The additional character G(gas) or D(dust) specifies whether the electri cal appara tus ma y be installed in gas or dust hazardous areas. Zone in accordance with EC directive 1999/92/EC Zone 0 Zone 20 Presence of potential explosive atmospheres continuous or long-term or frequent occasional infrequent and short-term Safety level of equipment Classification of Zones and use of equipment Zone 0 Equipment with type test certificate Zone 1 Equipment with type test certificate Zone 2 Equipment complying with the basic requirements of Directive 94/9/EC (Equipment certified for Zone 0 and 1 can also be used)

Very high level of protection

Equipment category in accordance with EC directive 94/9/EC Category 1G Category 1D

Zone 1 Zone 21 Zone 2 Zone 22

high level of protection normal level of protection

Category 2G Category 2D Category 3G Category 3D

1/9

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Basics of Explosion Protection Temperature Classes Explosion Groups


Temperature Classes
lgnition temperature is the lowest temperature of a surface at which an explosive atmosphere ignites on it. Flammable vapours and gases can be classified into temperature classes according to their ignition temperature. Temperature Classes to IEC Temperature class IEC/EN NEC 505-10 T1 T2 Maximum permissible surface temperature of the equipment ( ) 450 300 280 260 230 215 200 180 165 160 135 120 100 85 The maximum surface temperature of a piece of equipment must always be lower than the ignition temperature of the gas-air mixture or vapour-air mixture in which it is placed.

Ignition temperature of flammable substances ( ) 450 300 450 280 300 260 280 230 260 215 230 200 300 180 200 165 180 160 165 135 200 120 135 100 135 85 100

Temperature class NEC 500-3 CEC 18-052 T1 T2 T2A T2B T2C T2D T3 T3A T3B T3C T4 T4A T5 T6

T3

T4 T5 T6

Explosion Groups
Explosion protected electrical equipment is divided in to 2 gro ups: Group I Electrical equipment for mining Group II Electrical equipment for all other hazardous areas Electrical equipment of group II is further subdivided in groups IIA , IIB and II C, depending on the danger level of the gas or vap our atmo sphere in which they are operated. Equipment of grou p II C is suitable for use in the most dangerous atmospheres. Examples of the Classification of Gases and Vapours into Explosion Groups and Temperaure Classes T1 Methane Acetone Ethane Ethyl acetate Ammonia Benzene(pure) Acetic acid Carbon monixide Methane Methanol Propane Toluene Town gas (coal gas) Hydrogen T2 Ethyl alcohol i-amyl acetate n-butane n-butyl alcohol T3 Gasoline Diesel fuel aviation fuel Heating oils n-hexane T4 Acetaldehyde Ethyl ether T5 T6

I IIA

IIB IIC

Ethylene Acetylene Carbon disulphide The maximum surface temp erature of the equipment must be compared with the ignition temperature, and the glow temperature should also be taken into account as safety factor: temperature limit regarding dust clouds: Tmax=2/3Tign temperature limit regarding dust layers: Tmax=Tglow-75k(5mm dust layer) The lower of the two values above represents the maximum permissible surface temperature of the equipment

There is no classification of dust material into temperature classes or explo sion groups. This me an s t ha t t he respective values are to be taken into account. The mini mum ignition energy Emin (of a gas-air mixture) is the energy o f an electric al spark that is capable of igniting the most critical(highes t ignition performance) mixture under defined test conditions. Ignition temperature Tign (of a gas-air mixture) is the lowest temperatue of a hot wall surface at which the mixture is ignited after shortterm contact. The glow temperature Tglow (of a dust layer) is the lowest temperature of a hot surface on which ig nition occurs in a 5mm thick layer of dust.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/10

Basics of Explosion Protection Types of Protection

Types of Protection
In areas where explosive atmospheres can occur despite the explosion protection measures employed , only explosion-protected electrical equipment may be used. Explosion protected electrical equipment can be manufactured to IEC protection type levels. Types of protection for electrical apparatus in hazardous areas Type of protection Flameproof enclosure d Diagram Main application Switchgears, control stations, indicating equipm ents, control systems, motors, transformers, heating equipments, light fittings Standard EN 60079-1 IEC 60079-1 UL 60079-1 FM 3600

Increased safety e

Terminal and junction boxes, control boxes for installing Ex-components(with different types of protection), s quirrel-cage motors, light fittings

EN 60079-7 IEC 60079-7

UL 60079-7 FM 3600

Pressurized apparatus

Switchgears and control cabinets, analysis devices, large motors Px=for use in Zone 1, 2 Py=for use in Zone 1, 2 Pz=for use in Zone 2 Transformers, capacitors, terminal boxes for heating conductors

EN 60079-2 IEC 60079-2

NFPA 496 FM 3620

Powder filling

EN 60079-5 IEC 60079-5

UL 60079-5 FM 3600

Intrinsic safety i

Instrumentation technology, fieldbus technology, sensors, actuators ia=for use in Zone 0, 1, 2 ib=for use in Zone 1, 2 [Ex ib]=associated electrical apparatus installation in the safe areas Intrinsic safety systems Fieldbus intrinsically-safe concept (F ISCO) for Zone 1 Fieldbus non-incentive concept (FNICO) for Zone 2

EN 60079-11 UL 60079-11 IEC 60079-11 FM3610

EN 60079-25 IEC 60079-25 EN 60079-27 IEC 60079-27 EN 60079-6 IEC 60079-6 UL 60079-6 FM 3600

Oil immersion

Transformers, starting resistors

Encapsulation

Switchgear with small capacity, control and signaling units, display units, sensors ma=for use in Zone 0, 1, 2 mb=for use in Zone 1, 2 All electrical apparatus for Zone 2 nA=non-sparking apparatus nC=sparking apparatus in which the contacts are protected in a suitable way nL=energy limited apparatus nR=restricted breathing apparatus nZ=apparatus with n-pressurization op is =inherently safe optical radiation op pr=protected optical radiation op sh=optical radiation interlock

EN 60079-18 UL 60079-18 IEC 60079-18 FM 3600

Type of protection n_

EN 60079-15 IEC 60079-15 UL 60079-15 FM 3600

Optical radiation op_

EN 60079-28 IEC 60079-28

1/11

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Basics of Explosion Protection Types of Protection

Types of Protection

Types of protection for electrical apparatus in hazardous areas Type of protection Protection type enclosure tD Diagram Main application Switchgears and control stations, terminal and connection boxes. control boxes motors, light fittings tD A21=under procedure A for Zone 21 tD B21=under procedure B for Zone 21 Switchgears and control cabinets, motors Standard EN 61241-1 IEC 61241-1

Pressurization

pD

EN 61241-4

IEC 61241-4

Intrinsic safety

iD

Measurement and field control technology, sensors, actuators iaD=for use in Zone 20, 21, 22 ibD=for use in Zone 21, 22 [Ex ibD]=installation of associated ele ctrical appara tus in safe areas Switchgears with small capacity, control and signaling units, display units, sensors maD=for use in Zone 20, 21, 22 mbD=for use in Zone 21, 22

EN 61241-11

IEC 61241-11

Encapsulation

mD

EN 61241-18

IEC 61241-18

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/12

Basics of Explosion Protection Certification and Marking

Certification and Marking

Only appropriately certified and marked units may be used in hazardous areas. EC-Directive Validity Range of validity for equipment in hazardous areas 94/9/EC from 01.03.1996 all equipment and protection systems gases, vapours and dusts including mining QM certificate of a notified body manufacturers s declaration of conformity on the basis of the type examination

QM system of manufacturer Certificate of conformity

Marking laid down by the directives and the standards Name or marking of the manufacturer Type marking (e.g.) Address Marking of explosion protection BXM(D)51 No.555 Baoqian Road, Jiading, Shanghai, China Ex de IIB T6 Ex CENELEC marking d, e, ib, [ib], 1) Protection types IIB Explosion groups (for gases) T6 Temperature class II 2 G D Mark according to EC Directive II 2 G, D Test station, No. of certificate PTB 03 ATEX 10782) CE-mark, No. of testing authority 0102 Electrical data V, A, W, Hz Ambient temperature, Ta +50 if other than -20 +40 1) ib for intrinsically safe apparatus, [ib] for associated apparatus 2) with X if special conditions are indicated for use, etc. with U for Ex-components Group of equipment Category of equipment G: gases, vapours or mists; D: dusts

Distinguishing symbol of the EC with indication of the category

1/13

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Water-proof Dust-proof Basics

Water-proof Dust-proof Basics


Code of protection class consists of the letters number; see table 1 and 2. The first figure shows the protection class The first figure 0 1
50mm

IP

and two numbers attached be hind; for impl icati on o f th e first and second

Brief statement Non-protection Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 50mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 12mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 2.5mm. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which size is more than 1mm. Dust-proof

Protection class Implication Non-special protection Able to prevent certain part of human bo dy(such a s hands) from touching the electric parts by accident or the parts which are working i nside enclosure, but ca n t preve nt from approaching these parts consciously. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 50mm, into enclosure. Prevent the figures or other similar things which are more than 80mm long from touching the electric parts or working parts inside enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 12mm, into enclosure. Able to prevent tools and metal wire which are more than 2.5m m in diameter or thickness, from entering into enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles, of which diameter exceeds 2.5mm, into enclosure. Able to prevent tools and metal wire which are more than 1m m in diame ter or thick ness, from entering into enclosure. Prevent the solid strange particles , of whic h diameter exceeds 1mm, into enclosure. It can not completely prevent dust from entering, but the dust amount does not affect the normal operation of electrical equipment.

2
12.5mm

3
2.5mm

4
1mm

Dust-sealed

No dust can enter.

The second figure shows the protection class The first figure 0 1 Protection class Implication Non-special protection Vertical water-dropping has no harmful effect.

Brief statement Non-protection Drop-proof

15 Drop-proof

When the electrical equipment inclines from any direction of normal position to an angle up to 15 , the vertical water-dropping has no harmful effect. Showering water within 60 angle of inclination results in no harmful effect.

Showering water-proof

Splashing water-proof

Bearing the splashing water from any direction results in no harmful effect.

Spraying water-proof

Bearing the spraying water from any direction results in no harmful effect.

Wave-proof

Bearing strong wave impact and strong spraying water, the water capacity into electrical equipment results in no harmful effect. When electrical equipments are soaked into the water of speci fied press ure for the specified time, th e water capacity into electrical equipments results in no harm ful effect . When electrical equipments are diving in water of specified pressure for a long time, water will not enter into enclosure.

Effect of soaking in water proof

Effect of diving-proof

The water-proof dust-proof corrosion-proof in accordance with the following schematic diagram.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/14

Schematic Diagram of Field Installation

The drawing simulates installed explosion-proof equipment with cable wiring on site, meeting IEC 60079 and NEC505 standards. It is designed as reference for user to select and install explosion-proof equipment.

BnD81

1/15

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Schematic Diagram of Field Installation

The drawing simulates installed explosion-proof equipment with steel pipe wiring on site, meeting IEC 60079 and NEC505 standards. It is designed as reference for user to select and install explosion-proof equipment.

DQM

DQM

BHD51 DQM

BLK

DQM

DQM

DQM

DQM BXJ DQM DQM DQM BHD51 DQM

DQM

DQM

BHD51 DQM DQM DQM

DQM DQM

DQM

DQM
BAD85

BAT53

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/16

Technical Data of Lamp

Technical Data of Lamp


Kind reminder: 1. Except incandescent lamp and self ballast high pressure mercury lamp, other lamps such as high pressure mercury lamp, high pressure sodium lamp and metal halide lamp shall work with ballasts. 2. The lamps with matching ballasts shall work effectively to reach the longest service life. It is not allowed to interchange the ballasts of different lamps. Metal halide lamp is classified into HPI metal halide lamp (European standard) and MH metal halide lamp (American standard). They shall work with different ballasts respectively and it is also not allowed to interchange the ballasts. 3. Lamp codes in this catalogue as below: Incandescent lamp: A Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp: SME High pressure mercury lamp: HME Metal halide lamp: HIE High pressure sodium lamp: HSE

T8 Standard straight-tube fluorescent lamp (two-pin)


Picture Lamp power W 18W 36W 58W Colour Daylight colour Daylight colour Daylight colour Colour temperature 6200 6200 6200 Luminous flux lm 1050 2500 4000 Lamp holder G13 G13 G13 Average life h 13000 13000 13000 Diameter mm 26 26 26 Length mm 604 1214 1514

Incandescent lamp
Picture Lamp power W 40 60 100 150 200 300 500 Power supply V 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC Luminous flux lm 283 500 1025 1600 2000 4050 7360 Lamp holder E27 E27 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 Average life h 1000 1000 1000 1500 1500 1500 1500 Diameter mm 60 60 60 60 60 100 100 Length mm 104 104 104 104 104 190 190

Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp


Picture Lamp power W 125 160 250 500 Power supply V 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC Working current Luminous flux A lm 0.58 A 0.75 A 1.20 A 2.65 A 1650 3150 5500 13000 Lamp holder E27 E27 E40 E40 Average life h 10000 10000 13000 10000 Diameter mm 75 76 91 122 Length mm 168 177 232 287

High pressure mercury lamp


Picture Lamp power W 80 125 175 250 400 Power supply Working voltage Working current Luminous flux Lamp holder V V lm A 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 110 V 115 V 130 V 130 V 135 V 0.85 A 1.25 A 1.50A 2.15 A 3.25 A 3700 6200 7350 12700 22000 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 Average life h 20000 20000 5000 15000 15000 Diameter mm 71 76 90 91 122 Length mm 155 177 222 228 287

1/17

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Technical Data of Lamp

High pressure sodium lamp


Picture Lamp power W 70 100 150 250 400 70 100 150 250 400 1000 Power supply Working voltage Working current Luminous flux Lamp V 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC V 90 V 96 V 100 V 100 V 105 V 90 V 90 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 105 V A 0.98 A 1.20 A 1.80 A 3.00 A 4.45 A 0.98 A 1.20 A 1.80 A 3.00 A 4.60 A 10.60 A lm 5600 9600 14500 27000 48000 6000 9000 15000 28000 48000 130000 holder E27 E27/E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 Average life Diameter Length h 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 28000 16000 mm 71 80 76 91 122 32 46 46 46 47 66 mm 155 180 177 228 287 156 210 211 257 283 390

Metal halide lamp (European standard)


Picture Lamp power W 70 175 250 400 70 100 150 250 400 175 250 400 1000 Power supply Working voltage Working current Luminous flux Lamp Average life Diameter Length V 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC 220V AC V 85 V 100 V 100 V 105 V 90 V 90 V 100 V 100 V 100 V 115 V 128 V 125 V 130 V A 0.98 A 1.20 A 3.00 A 4.45 A 0.98 A 1.20 A 1.80 A 3.00 A 4.60 A 1.50 A 2.20 A 3.80 A 8.25 A lm 5000 14000 27000 48000 6000 9000 15000 28000 48000 10500 23000 38000 85000 holder E27 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 h 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 10000 mm 56 92 91 122 32 46 46 46 47 37.5 47 47 66 mm 141 210 228 287 156 210 211 257 283 110 257 283 382

Metal halide lamp (American standard)


Picture Lamp power W 70 100 150 175 250 400 175 250 400 Working voltage V 85 V 100 V 95 V 132 V 133 V 135 V 132 V 133 V 135 V Working current A 0.98 A 1.1 A 1.8 A 1.5 A 2.1 A 3.25 A 1.5 A 2.1 A 3.25 A Luminous flux lm 5600 9000 13500 14000 20500 36000 14000 20500 36000 Lamp holder E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 E40 Average life h 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Diameter mm 56 56 56 91 91 121 46 46 65 Length mm 141 141 141 228 228 290 210 210 280

Note: Please specify the specification of lamp holder when ordering.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/18

Technical Data of Lamp

Wiring diagram of European standard HID lamp and ballast

Power supply

Ballast Trigger Compensation capacitor Lamp

Ballast Power supply Lamp Compensation capacitor

HSE, HIE

HME

Selection table of European standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components
Lamp type HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HME HME HME HME HME Lamp power(W) 70 100 150 250 400 1000 70 100 150 175 250 400 1000 80 125 175 250 400 Lamp holder E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 E40 E27 E27 E40 E40 E40 Ballast HSE70 HSE100 HSE150 HSE250 HSE400 HSE1000 HIE70 HIE100 HIE150 HIE175 HIE250 HIE400 HIE1000 HME80 HME125 HME175 HME250 HME400 Trigger CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h SN56 CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h CD-7h SI51Plus Capacitor 12 F 15 F 20 F 32 F 50 F 2 x 50 F 12 F 15 F 20 F 20 F 18 F 25 F 2 x 32 F 8 F 12 F 15 F 18 F 25 F

Ballast

Trigger

Capacitor

1/19

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Technical Data of Lamp

Wiring diagram of American standard HID lamp and ballast

HX circuit for HSE: 50W, 70W, 100W, 150W

CWA-1 circuit for HIE: 50W, 70W, 100W, 150W HSE: 250W, 400W, 600W, 1000W

CWA-2 circuit for HIE: 175W, 250W, 400W, 1000W

Selection table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components
Lamp type HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HSE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE HIE Power (W) 50 70 100 150 250 400 600 1000 50 70 100 150 175 250 400 1000 Lamp S68 S62 S54 S55 S50 S51 S106 S52 M110 M98 M90 M102 M57 M58 M59 M47 Ballast 120560HPS50LTH 120560HPS70LTH 120560HPS100LTH 120560HPS150LTH 120560HPS250LTI 120560HPS400LTI 120560HPS600LTI 120560HPS1000LTI 120560MH50LTI 120560MH70LTI 120560MH100LTI 120560MH150LTI 120560MH175LTC 120560MH250LTC 120560MH400LTC 120560MH1000LTC Voltage 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz 120/208/240/277/480V 60Hz Circuit HX HX HX HX CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-1 CWA-2 CWA-2 CWA-2 CWA-2 Trigger IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MHL IG-3MCM IG-3MCM IG-3MCM IG-3MCH IG-3MCL IG-3MCL IG-3MCL IG-3MCL Capacitor CS-2/540V CS-3/540V CS-4/540V CS-5/540V CC-33/250V CC-55/250V CC-55/250V CC-28/540V CC-6/300V CC-10/300V CC-12/300V CC-18/300V CS-12/540V CS-15/540V CS-24/540V CS-24/540V

Ballast

Trigger

Capacitor

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

1/20

Lighting Technology

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest develop ment. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.

2/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Lighting Technology

Contents
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex deq IIC) BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIC) BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIC) BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex d IIB) BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp (Ex nA) Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings (Ex d IIC) BAD85 Series Explosion-proof LED Lightings (Ex d IIC) BDD81 Series Explosion-proof Lightings (Ex d IIC) Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex de IIC) BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex de IIC) BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings (Ex nR) Floodlights BAT51 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex d IIB) BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex de IIB, Ex d IIC) BAT85 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex d IIC) BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights (Ex de IIC) BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights (Ex nR) Street Lamps/Ballasts/Hand Lamps Explosion-proof Street Lamps (Ex de IIB, Ex de IIC, Ex nR, Ex d IIC) BAZ51 Series Explosion-proof Ballasts (Ex d IIB) BSX Series Explosion-proof Incandescent Hand Lamps (Ex de IIC) BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights (Ex d IIC) BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights (Ex ib IIC) BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights (Ex de IIC) Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings (Ex d IIB) BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings (Ex d IIC) BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex de IIC) BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d [ib] ib IIC) BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d IIC) BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d ib IIC) BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings (Ex d IIC) 2/96 2/98 2/100 2/102 2/104 2/108 2/110 2/112 2/114 2/86 2/88 2/90 2/93 2/94 2/95 2/70 2/72 2/78 2/80 2/84 2/36 2/42 2/50 2/54 2/58 2/64 2/26 2/30 2/34 2/2 2/8 2/16 2/20 2/22

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/1

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Seri es Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Two enclosure types: 18W, 36W. Enclosure in glass fiber reinforced polyester, diff user in polycarbonate, corrosion-proof. Ex e enclosure with explosion-proof components inside. Safety interlock between enclosure and diffuser switches off on opening. Electronic ballast, power factor 0.95. Emergency unit with protections agai nst o ver c harge and over discharge. End of lamp life (EOL) rectification effect protection.

Catalogue number logic


BAY51-Q x

J: Emergency lighting (optional) L: pole type X: ceiling type Mounting B: wall type D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BAY51-Q

x
Ex deq IIC T4 Gb Ex tD A21 IP66 T80

II 2 G Ex deq IIC T4 II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 T80

Material Enclosure Diffuser Ballast

LCIE 06 ATEX 6035X; IECEx CQM 07.0007; BR229577 (Brazil) S-XPL/04547 (South Africa); FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-5:2007, EN 60079-7:2007 EN 61241-0:2006, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-5:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 GRP, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Polycarbonate, 90% light transmission, stands 7J impact Explosion-proof electronic ballast, power factor 0.95, with protection ag ainst shor t circuit, overload, lamp aging, lamp dam age and d issymmetry power of lamp tube. Certificate No.: LCIE 06 A TEX 0003U; IECEx CQM 07.0005U; BR229576-U (Brazil). Stainless steel BZX-6 explosion-proof distance switch, switching off on opening. Certificate No.: LCIE 06 ATEX 0002U, IECEx CQM 07.0006U PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 36W x 2 36W x 1 18W x 2 18W x 1

Exposed fastener Interlock Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W)

Rated voltage Protection class Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter

96 254V AC 50/60Hz II (Protection against electric shock) IP66 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 4 x 26: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic), 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug. 9 16 (mm)

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 1L BAY51-Q36 x 1X BAY51-Q36 x 1B BAY51-Q36 x 1D BAY51-Q36 x 1G BAY51-Q18 x 1L BAY51-Q18 x 1X BAY51-Q18 x 1B BAY51-Q18 x 1D BAY51-Q18 x 1G Lamp power(W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 Weight(kg) 11.40 11.30 12.30 12.60 12.20 6.80 6.70 7.80 8.10 7.70 Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 2L BAY51-Q36 x 2X BAY51-Q36 x 2B BAY51-Q36 x 2D BAY51-Q36 x 2G BAY51-Q18 x 2L BAY51-Q18 x 2X BAY51-Q18 x 2B BAY51-Q18 x 2D BAY51-Q18 x 2G Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 11.60 11.40 12.50 12.75 12.40 7.00 6.90 7.90 8.20 7.85 7).

Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/3

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof emergency light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-5: 2007, EN 60079-7: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-5: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006 IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Material Enclosure Diffuser Emergency unit Emergency controller Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power(W) PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 36W x 2 36W x 1 Emergency power(W) Emergency start time Charge time Emergency lighting time Rated voltage Protection class Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 18W x 2 18W x 1 GRP, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Polycarbonate, 90% light transmission, stands 7J impact Special emergency controller and NI-MH battery pile, with protection against over charge and over discharge BY-2 explosion-proof emergency controller. Certificate No.: LCIE 10 ATEX 3010U, IECEx CQM 11.0041U Stainless steel II 2 G Ex deq IIC T4 Ex deq IIC T4 Gb Ex tD A21 IP66 T80 LCIE 10 ATEX 3009; IECEx CQM 12.0002X; BVC 10.0203 (Brazil); FM (USA)

BAY51-Q

36W x 1, 18W x 1 0.3s 24h 120min (180min is optional) 96 IP66 -20 4x 9 +55 26: 2 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic), 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug. 16 (mm) 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 254V AC 50/60Hz II (Protection against electric shock)

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 1LJ BAY51-Q36 x 1XJ BAY51-Q36 x 1BJ BAY51-Q36 x 1DJ BAY51-Q36 x 1GJ BAY51-Q18 x 1LJ BAY51-Q18 x 1XJ BAY51-Q18 x 1BJ BAY51-Q18 x 1DJ BAY51-Q18 x 1GJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 Weight(kg) 13.00 12.95 14.00 14.30 13.90 8.65 8.50 9.60 9.90 9.50 Type/Ordering code BAY51-Q36 x 2LJ BAY51-Q36 x 2XJ BAY51-Q36 x 2BJ BAY51-Q36 x 2DJ BAY51-Q36 x 2GJ BAY51-Q18 x 2LJ BAY51-Q18 x 2XJ BAY51-Q18 x 2BJ BAY51-Q18 x 2DJ BAY51-Q18 x 2GJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 13.05 13.10 14.10 14.45 14.05 8.80 8.70 9.75 10.00 9.65

Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts T able (see P2/6 7).

2/4

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Photometric data
18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 333 332 328 320 310 295 278 259 236 211 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 184 155 124 93 63 37 17 0 0

36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 705 703 702 699 697 697 700 699 695 688 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 682 658 433 594 549 469 328 0 0

18W x 1 fluorescent lamp*0.5

36W x 1 fluorescent lamp*0.5

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Schematic diagram (BAY51-Q x

J)

Note: Tube for lamp 2 shall be default for single tube fittings.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BAY51-Q36 x

BAY51-Q18 x

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/5

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference D: pendant chain type
6- 10.5 2- 84 4- 10

G: pendant pole type

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

40 48 4- 14

40 48

40

48

Suitable for ground pole type

Suitable for fence pole type

Suitable for wall pole type

X: ceiling type
4- 10

B: wall type

4- 11

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration
3- 10.5

Ordering code

Weight (kg)

.Sucker D: pendant chain type .Chain .Mounting bracket

2
84

5136017 Length: 450mm Same as pendant pole type

0.15

2 2

5136016 5136030

0.08 0.07

.Mounting bracket

8.5 2- 10

51S01G1

0.04

G: pendant pole type

.M8 Screw

Length: 350mm

51S01G2

0.12

.Mounting bracket

9 2- 10

5136030

0.05

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

2/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51-Q Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

.Mounting bracket

5136012

0.04

2- 7

L: pole type

.G1 1/4 Pipe clamp

5136014

0.04

.Mounting bracket

Same as pendant pole type

5136030

0.07

X: ceiling type

.Mounting bracket

5136015

0.20

B: wall type

.Wall bracket

Welded sheet steel

5136B02

0.62

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)

Explosion-proof distance switch

5136003

0.04

Spanner

5136004

0.02

Lamp holder (with wires)

5136005

0.02

36W Explosion-proof electronic ballast

5136011

1.30

18W Explosion-proof electronic ballast

5118004

1.30

36W Explosion-proof emergency controller 5136019 (with battery) 1.70

18W Explosion-proof emergency controller 5118005 (with battery) 1.70

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/7

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Single or dual lamp versions Available lamp and power Fluorescent lamps: 18W x 1, 36W x 1, 58W x 1, 18W x 2, 36W x 2, 58W x 2. LED lamps: 9W x 1, 9W x 2, 18W x 1, 18W x 2. The glass tube stands 4J impact. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Electronic ballast, wide voltage range, rapi d starting, stable performance, power factor 0.95.

End of lamp life (EOL) rectification effect protection. Only fluorescent lamp with emergency ligh ting function, LED

Catalogue number logic


BAY51x

lamp without such function.

J: Emergency lighting (optional) L: pole type X: ceiling type Lamp number Lamp power (W) LED: Only for LED lamp Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp

Mounting

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass tube Ballast Wire guard (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W) II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb

BAY51-

Ex d IIC T6 Gb Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 05.B03637(Russia)

LCIE 09 ATEX 3046; IECEx FM (USA); POCC CN.

EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Electronic ballast Powder coated carbon steel (white) or stainless steel Stainless steel PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W x 1 18W x 2 36W x 1 36W x 2 58W x 1 58W x 2 100 300V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -20 +55 (-60 +55 ) 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE)

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Single lamp Dual lamp Cable gland (optional)

3 x M25 x 1.5 Plug 4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

25.

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 1X BAY51-18 x 1L BAY51-36 x 1X BAY51-36 x 1L BAY51-58 x 1X BAY51-58 x 1L Lamp power(W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 Weight(kg) 5.60 6.50 8.80 9.30 10.40 10.85 Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 2X BAY51-18 x 2L BAY51-36 x 2X BAY51-36 x 2L BAY51-58 x 2X BAY51-58 x 2L Lamp power(W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight(kg) 10.60 11.55 16.30 16.85 18.30 19.20

Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14 15).

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


110

BAY51- x1

110

BAY51- x2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/9

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof emergency light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass tube Emergency unit Ballast Wire guard (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W) Emergency power (W) Emergency start time Charge time Emergency lighting time Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W x 2, 36W x 2, 58W x 2 18W x 1, 36W x 1, 58W x 1 0.3s 24h 120min (180 min is optional) 100 300V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Special emergency controller and NI-MH battery pile, with protection against over charge and over discharge Electronic ballast Powder coated carbon steel (white) or stainless steel Stainless steel II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BAY51- x

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-18 x 2XJ BAY51-18 x 2LJ BAY51-36 x 2XJ Lamp power(W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 Weight(kg) 14.50 14.60 20.20 Type/Ordering code BAY51-36 x 2LJ BAY51-58 x 2XJ BAY51-58 x 2LJ Lamp power(W) 36 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight(kg) 20.30 22.20 22.30

Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14~15).

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

575(18W) 1185(36W) 1487(58W) 210 925(18W) 1535(36W) 1840(58W)

250

BAY51- x2 J

2/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Photometric data (BAY51- x


18W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1050lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

, BAY51- x

J)
18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 164 163 161 160 160 160 160 159 149 144

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 133 120 110 99 90 70 28 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 335 334 330 327 325 323 317 310 297 286

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 274 252 232 211 177 110 48 0 0

36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 333 331 330 328 324 324 324 318 306 297

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 280 249 223 188 163 119 72 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 698 699 694 687 686 683 675 657 628 604

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 577 532 480 428 362 258 137 0 0

58W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:4000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

58W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:8000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 518 516 510 505 498 495 492 481 462 447

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 416 377 349 315 279 220 143 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 1103 1101 1095 1088 1088 1082 1062 1027 984 951

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 913 827 748 668 552 400 249 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/11

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof LED light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass tube Power controller Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Toughened glass, stands 4J impact. Wide voltage input, CC-CV (constant current - constant voltage) output, powe r factor 0.98, with function of distributed current, constant current, surge-proof and antielectromagnetic interference, and protection against overcurrent, open circuit, and short circuit. Wire guard (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Single lamp Dual lamp Cable gland 3 x M25 x 1.5 Plug 4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. CREE plural white LED modules (supplied with the light fittings) 9W x 1, 9W x 2, 18W x 1, 18W x 2 110 265V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceiling type, pole type Powder coated carbon steel (white) or stainless steel Stainless steel II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 LCIE 11 ATEX 3112X; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BAY51-LED

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY51-LED 9 x 1X BAY51-LED 9 x 1L BAY51-LED 9 x 2X BAY51-LED 9 x 2L Lamp power(W) 9x1 9x1 9x2 9x2 Weight(kg) 5.50 5.90 9.80 10.50 Type/Ordering code BAY51-LED 18 x 1X BAY51-LED 18 x 1L BAY51-LED 18 x 2X BAY51-LED 18 x 2L Lamp power(W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight(kg) 8.30 8.35 15.70 16.40

Note: Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/14~15).

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BAY51-LED x1

100

BAY51-LED x2

2/12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

100

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Comparison between LED fluorescent lamp and T8 standard fluorescent lamp


Name Rated power (W) Working current (A) Power factor (cos ) Effective luminous flux (lm) Service life (h) Standard fluorescent lamp 36W 36 0.17/220V 0.95 1250 13000 LED fluorescent lamp 18 0.096/220V 0.98 1620 50000

Energy-saving effect

Elaboration of plural white LED modules, unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, LED lamp service life extended by 4 times, less luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss. long service life (50000h), environmental protection. Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 55%,

Photometric data (BAY51-LED


9W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:810lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

)
9W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1620lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 188 187 182 176 170 165 154 143 137 132

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 121 112 102 95 72 47 22 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 377 375 370 361 352 338 324 306 287 264

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 244 220 198 173 143 104 10 0 0

18W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1620lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:3240lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 294 294 292 287 280 273 262 250 237 222

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 204 187 167 158 107 77 45 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 593 592 586 576 561 542 520 493 464 431

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 396 360 314 259 219 169 97 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/13

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting type for light fittings with single lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

4- 8.5

40

48 4- 14

Mounting type for light fittings with dual lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

4-

8.5

40

48

4-

14

X: ceiling type (for: BAY51-

2XJ)

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)(for: BAY51W) (18 ) 575 (36W ) 5 8W 8 1 1 7(5 148

2LJ)

575(18W) 1185(36W) 1487(58W) 8.5 90 180

210

6 3 700 3 40 67.5 47.5 1450

67.5

175

150 200

150 200

4-

14

2/14

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

260

http:// www.waromgroup.com

96.5

48

4 5 2

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY51 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with single lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

.Mounting bracket

9 2- 10

5136030

0.06

X: ceiling type .Connector 2 51S01X1 0.04

.Steel wire rope (with hook)

Length: 0.7m (18W), 1.3m (36W), 1.6m (58W) 51S01X2


27

0.30~0.50

.G1 1/4

Pipe clamp

5136014

0.04

L: pole type

.Mounting bracket

5136012

0.04

.Connector .Steel wire rope (with hook)

2 1

Same as ceiling type Same as ceiling type

51S01X1 51S01X2

0.04 0.30~0.50

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with dual lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name .Mounting bracket Accessories Qty 1 Illustration
9 2- 10

Ordering code 5136030

Weight (kg) 0.04

.Connector X: ceiling type

1 1

51S01X1

0.04

.Steel wire rope (with hook)

Length: 0.7m (18W), 1.3m (36W), 1.6m (58W) 51S01X2 0.30 0.50

.Mounting bracket

51D01X3

0.13

2- 7

.G1 1/4 Pipe clamp

5136014

0.04

L: pole type

.Mounting bracket .Connector .Steel wire rope (with hook) .Mounting bracket

1 2 1 1 Same as ceiling type Same as ceiling type Same as ceiling type

5136012 51S01X1

0.04 0.04

51S01X2 0.30 0.50 51D01X3 0.13

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/15

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available lamp power: 18W x 1, 36W x 1,18W x 2, 36W x 2. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated extern al surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BAY52 x

L: pole type X: ceiling type Mounting D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type B: wall type Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY52-18 x 1X BAY52-18 x 1L BAY52-18 x 1D BAY52-18 x 1G BAY52-36 x 1X BAY52-36 x 1L BAY52-36 x 1D BAY52-36 x 1G Lamp power (W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 Weight (kg) 3.90 4.00 4.20 4.20 4.80 5.00 5.10 5.10 Type/Ordering code BAY52-18 x 2X BAY52-18 x 2L BAY52-18 x 2G BAY52-18 x 2B BAY52-36 x 2X BAY52-36 x 2L BAY52-36 x 2G BAY52-36 x 2B Lamp power (W) 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 Weight (kg) 7.60 7.30 7.90 8.50 12.00 11.70 12.50 12.40

Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/18 19). 2. Wall type is applicable for dual-lamp light fitting only. 3. Pendant chain type is applicable for single-lamp light fitting only.

Zones 1&2
2/16
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Ballast Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W) PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W x 1 36W x 1 Rated voltage Choke ballast Electronic ballast (optional) Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries 220 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 240V AC 50/60Hz 18W x 2 36W x 2 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Choke ballast (Electronic ballast is optional) Stainless steel PCEC (China) IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb

BAY52

M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G 3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (1 x M25 x 1.5 for pole type dual-lamp light fittings; M25 x 1.5 or M2 0 x 1 .5

with reducer on request) Cable gland Available cable outer diameter See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Photometric data
36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm 36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 335 334 330 331 325 304 277 249 236 230

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 222 219 229 254 264 237 143 95 84

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 726 723 714 717 719 683 649 601 555 529

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 505 480 438 438 382 260 160 107 63

18W x 1 fluorescent lamp*0.5

18W x 2 fluorescent lamp*0.5

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/17

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting type for light fittings with single lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type
410

4-

10

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

40

40

40

48

48

48 414

Suitable for wall pole type

Suitable for fence pole type

Suitable for ground pole type

Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with single lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

X: ceiling type

.Mounting bracket

8.5 210

51S01G1

0.04

.Chain D: pendant chain type .Hook expansion bolt .Mounting bracket G: pendant pole type .M8 Screw

2 2 2 2

Length: 450mm
5

5136016 52017

0.08 0.03 0.04 0.12

Same as ceiling type Length: 350mm

51S01G1 51S01G2

.Mounting bracket L: pole type

5136012

0.04

2-

.G1 1/4 Pipe clamp

5136014

0.04

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

2/18

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY52 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting type for light fittings with dual lamp tube (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
Installation reference X: ceiling type G: pendant pole type
9 9 2210 10

B: wall type

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

40

40

40

48

48

48 414

Suitable for wall pole type

Suitable for fence pole type

Suitable for ground pole type

Mounting accessories and spare parts table (light fittings with dual lamp tube)
Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name .Mounting bracket X: ceiling type .M8 Screw .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .Mounting bracket G: pendant pole type .M8 Screw .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (G3/4 ) B: wall type
11 .Wall bracket

Accessories Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 Illustration Same as light fittings with single lamp Length:150mm G3/4 (Ex e) G3/4 (M)/G3/4 (M) Same as light fittings with single lamp Length: 350mm G3/4 (Ex e) Length: 250mm Welded sheet steel Same as light fittings with single lamp Same as light fittings with single lamp M25 x 1.5

Ordering code 51S01G1 52D01X1 52D01X2 See P7/8 51S01G1 51S01G2 52D01X2 52D01G1 5236B01 5136012 5136014 See P7/20

Weight (kg) 0.04 0.08 0.40 0.28 0.04 0.12 0.40 0.34 0.60 0.04 0.04 0.25

.Mounting bracket L: pole type


12

.G11/4 Pipe clamp .DQM-II Explosion-proof cable gland

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/19

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Power: 21W x 1, 21W x 2. Enclosure in copper-fr ee aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

Catalogue number logic


BAY-H x

Lamp number Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof annular light fittings for fluorescent lamp

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAY-H21 x 1 Lamp power (W) 21 x 1 Weight (kg) 5.00 Type/Ordering code BAY-H21 x 2 Lamp power (W) 21 x 2 Weight (kg) 5.60

Note: The light fittings are supplied with lamps.

Photometric data
21W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1000lm; The data from GE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 122 123 123 123 123 122 120 116 114 113 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 106 98 87 80 70 60 51 44 45

21W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2000lm; The data from GE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 178 194 222 241 248 245 237 229 220 203 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 181 166 161 144 141 103 77 56 48

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/20
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BAY-H Series Explosion-proof Annular Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof annular light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Ballast Reflector (internal) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp holder Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Biax 2D-4pin (GE Brand) 21W x 1, 21W x 2 GR-10q 220 IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x G3/4 Plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel (white) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Electronic ballast, power factor 0.97 (GE Brand) High-purity aluminium Stainless steel LCIE 07 ATEX 6087; IECEx CQM 08.0003 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 II 2 G Ex d IIB T5 Ex tD A21 T95 IP65

BAY-H x

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

160

230

245

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/21

Lighting Technology
Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Six enclosure types: -Single tube: three enclosure types -Dual tube: three enclosure types Applicable lamp power

Fluorescent lamps: 18W x 1, 18W x 2, 36W x 1


36W x 2, 58W x 1, 58W x 2

LED lamps: 9W x 1, 9W x 2, 18W x 1, 18W x 2

Catalogue number logic


BnY81x
J: Emergency lighting (optional) X: ceiling type G: pendant pole type D: pendant chain type B: wall type L: pole type

25W x 1, 25W x 2 Electronic ballast, wide voltage range, rapid starting, stable performance, power factor 0.95. Only dual tube light fittings with emergency lighting function.

Mounting

Lamp number Lamp power (W) LED: Only for LED lamp Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp

Selection table
Type/ Ordering code BnY81-18 x 1X BnY81-18 x 1G BnY81-18 x 1D BnY81-18 x 1B BnY81-18 x 1L BnY81-18 x 2X BnY81-18 x 2G BnY81-18 x 2D BnY81-18 x 2B BnY81-18 x 2L Lamp power (W) 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 1 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 18 x 2 Weight (kg) 2.70 2.50 2.80 3.30 2.60 2.70 2.80 2.90 3.40 2.70 Type/ Ordering code BnY81-36 x 1X BnY81-36 x 1G BnY81-36 x 1D BnY81-36 x 1B BnY81-36 x 1L BnY81-36 x 2X BnY81-36 x 2G BnY81-36 x 2D BnY81-36 x 2B BnY81-36 x 2L Lamp power (W) 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 1 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 36 x 2 Weight (kg) 3.90 4.00 4.10 4.60 4.00 4.50 4.20 4.30 4.80 4.10 Type/ Ordering code BnY81-58 x 1X BnY81-58 x 1G BnY81-58 x 1D BnY81-58 x 1B BnY81-58 x 1L BnY81-58 x 2X BnY81-58 x 2G BnY81-58 x 2D BnY81-58 x 2B BnY81-58 x 2L Lamp power (W) 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 1 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 58 x 2 Weight (kg) 4.60 4.80 4.90 5.50 4.80 5.40 5.00 5.15 5.75 4.90

Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/25). 2. BnY81-LED25 x 2 weight of corresponding lamp in the table increases 0.4kg, weight of other LED lamps is the same as that of corresponding lamps in the table.

Zones 2; 21&22
2/22
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings for fluorescent lamp


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BnY81-

LCIE 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008

Material Enclosure Diffuser Ballast Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp brand Lamp power (W) PHILIPS T8 (supplied with the light fittings) 18W 36W 58W Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 100 IP66 -20 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 1 1 18W 36W 58W 2 2 2 CREE plural white LED modules (supplied with the light fittings) 9W 18W 25W 1 1 1 9W 18W 25W 2 2 2 Polycarbonate, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Polycarbonate, 90% light transmission, stands 7J impact, corrosion-proof Electronic ballast Stainless steel

300V AC 50/60Hz (LED:110~265V AC 50/60Hz)

Ceiling type, pendant pole type, pendant chain type, wall type, pole type 2x 6 21: 2 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic) 12 (mm)

Dimensions
Size (mm) L1 BnY81-18x1 BnY81-36x1 BnY81-56x1 , BnY81-LED 9x1 , BnY81-LED 18x1 , BnY81-LED 25x1 658 1268 1568 L2 400 900 900 BnY81-18x2 BnY81-36x2 BnY81-56x2 , BnY81-LED 9x2 , BnY81-LED 18x2 , BnY81-LED 25x2 Size (mm) L1 658 1268 1568 L2 400 900 900

Type

Type

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BnY81BnY81-LED

x1 x1

BnY81BnY81-LED

x2 x2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/23

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Photometric data
18W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:1050lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm 18W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2100lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 132 128 130 128 132 135 140 124 120 115

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 112 105 96 87 76 65 48 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 252 251 247 252 262 264 265 266 258 238

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 214 200 184 172 163 134 85 0 0

36W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:2500lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

36W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:5000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 336 337 338 345 355 362 358 361 352 328

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 297 278 253 230 210 178 140 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 672 674 676 686 700 713 715 720 701 657

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 594 550 505 454 415 355 277 0 0

58W x 1 photometric data Rated luminous flux:4000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

58W x 2 photometric data Rated luminous flux:8000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1075 1078 1082 1092 1120 1140 1144 1152 1121 1052 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 950 880 808 726 664 568 360 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 537 539 540 552 568 580 572 577 564 525

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 445 417 387 345 315 267 210 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/24

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp BnY81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings for Fluorescent Lamp

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference D: pendant chain type
2- 84 6- 10.5 L2 3 4

G: pendant pole type


4- 10 68 L2

651 550

L1

500

1 2

46

380

L1

X: ceiling type
2- 10 90

B: wall type

L2

L1

30

6 L1

4- 11 L2

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

L2

L2

40 40 48 4- 14 48

40 48

Suitable for ground pole type

Suitable for fence pole type

Suitable for wall pole type

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type D: pendant chain type G: pendant pole type X: ceiling type B: wall type L: pole type Name .Sucker .Chain .Mounting bracket .M8 Screw .Mounting bracket .Wall bracket .G1 1/4 Pipe clamp .Mounting bracket Accessories Qty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Illustration See P2/6 Length: 450mm See P2/18 Length: 350mm See P2/6 Welded sheet steel See P2/7 See P2/7 Ordering code 5136017 5136016 51S01G1 51S01G2 5136030 5236B02 5136014 5136012 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.08 0.04 0.12 0.05 0.25 0.04 0.04

Note: Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user.

235

L2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/25

Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Two enclosure types separately for 42W and 68W compact energy-saving lamps, with good pe rformance including rapid starting, flash free, high lighting efficiency, long service life and energy saving, etc. The luminous intensity of 42W compact energy-saving lamp equals to 80W mercury lamp; the luminous intensity of 68W compact energy-saving lamp equals to 125W mercury lamp. Powder coated wire guard, white.

Catalogue number logic


BAD81 -

Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

D: hook type G: pendant pole type Mounting B: wall type X: ceiling type L: pole type Lamp power (W) Flameproof energy-saving lightings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD81-42D BAD81-42G BAD81-42B BAD81-42X BAD81-42L Lamp power(W) 42W 42W 42W 42W 42W Weight(kg) 4.10 5.60 5.85 5.20 4.20 Type/Ordering code BAD81-68D BAD81-68G BAD81-68B BAD81-68X BAD81-68L Lamp power(W) 68W 68W 68W 68W 68W Weight(kg) 6.20 7.70 7.95 7.30 6.30

Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/29). 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering. 3. The light fittings are supplied with lamps.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/26
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings

Technical data Flameproof energy-saving lightings BAD81Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Lamp brand Lamp power (W) Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter E27 TCP (for sealed atmosphere) 42W 68W 220 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 G3/4 10 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 14 (mm) or M25x1.5 with reducer on request) 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel (white) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel LCIE 07 ATEX 6037; IECEx CQM 08.0002 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Ex tD A21 T130 IP65

See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table

Lamp data
Energy-saving lamp 42W 68W Rated voltage 220 220 240V AC 240V AC Working current 380mA 618mA Luminous flux 2800lm 4200lm Service life 10000h 10000h

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

72 306.5 393

102

BAD81-42

BAD81-68

BAD81-42 with external reflector

BAD81-68 with external reflector

42W compact energy-saving lamp

68W compact energy-saving lamp

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/27

Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings

Photometric data
Photometric data of 42W compact energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:2800lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 115 129 135 152 162 170 181 197 209 213 212 204 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 196 190 190 182 173 170 159 156 146 140 132 107 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 96 79 66 49 33 19 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Photometric data of 68W compact energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:4200lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 249 241 244 257 273 283 292 313 325 332 336 334

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 331 322 316 305 280 263 261 255 246 225 217 199

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 172 150 125 100 76 53 33 16 0 0 0 0 0

Photometric data of 42W compact energy-saving lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:2800lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 482 477 461 433 403 371 341 313 290 265

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 240 219 197 171 149 117 91 65 37

Photometric data of 68W compact energy-saving lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:4200lm; The data from TCP lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 482 477 461 433 403 371 341 313 290 265

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 240 219 197 171 149 117 91 65 37

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/28

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Energy-saving Lightings BAD81 Series Flameproof Energy-saving Lightings

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference D: hook type X: ceiling type
2- 8.5

G: pendant pole type


2- 8.5

L: pole type

B: wall type

40 40

4- 14

2- 8.5

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

.Hook (stainless steel) D: hook type

61020

0.20

.BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51Explosion-proof junction box X: ceiling type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector G: pendant pole type .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector L: pole type .Pole .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box B: wall type .Elbow pipe 90 (M25 x 1.5) .Chain .Hook expansion bolt Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel 40mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 400mm Length: 580mm
5

81D20 BHD51-F 81X01 81D02 BHD51-F 81G01 81X01 81L01 81D02 BHD51-F 51022 80B11 52017

0.26 0.80 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.41 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.55 0.09 0.03

shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/29

Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BAD85 Series Explosion-proof LED Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power (max.120W) LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life 20W, 30W, 50W, 70W, 100W, 120W Three enclosure types 30, 70, 120 Isolated LED lamp compartment, CC-CV (constant current constant voltage) power controller compartme nt, terminal compartment; wind-convection heat dissipation structure.

Catalogue number logic


BAD85 -

D: hook type G: pendant pole type Mounting B: wall type X: ceiling type L: pole type Lamp power (W) Enclosure type 30, 70, 120 Explosion-proof LED lightings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD85-30BAD85-70BAD85-120Lamp power(W) 20, 30 50, 70 100, 120

Note: 1. Products above include all the mounting accessories listed in Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table (see P2/32~33). 2. The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/30
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Energy-saving Lightings BAD85 Sereis Explosion-proof LED Lightings

Technical data Explosion-proof LED lightings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Power controller

BAD85-

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 /T95 Db IP66 DNV 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Wide volta ge input, CC-CV (constant current - constant volt age) outpu t, po wer f actor 0.98, with function of distributed current, constant current, surge-proof and antielectromagnetic interference, and protection against overcurrent, open circuit, and short circuit Stainless steel CREE plural white LED modules 20W, 30W 50W, 70W 100W, 120W 187 265V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 +55 : T5/T95 ; -40 +40 : T6/T80 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceiling type, pole type, pendant pole type, wall type, hook type 30 type: G3/4 (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request) 70 /120 type: 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W)

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland Applicable cable outer diameter

Energy-saving description
Name Rated power (W) Working current (A) Power factor (cos ) Effective luminous flux (lm) Service life (h) Metal halide lamp 150W 150 1.80/220V 0.56 11000 15000 BAD85-120 120 0.55/220V 0.95 10800 50000

Energy-saving effect

Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 70%, LED lamp service life extended by over 3 times, less maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss.

Elaboration of plural white LED modules, unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, long service life (50000h), environmental protection.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

241

208 BAD85-30

350

255 BAD85-70

385

295 BAD85-120

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/31

Energy-saving Lightings BAD85 Sereis Explosion-proof LED Lightings

Photometric data

BAD85-30 Photometric data of 20W LED lamp


Rated luminous flux:1800lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BAD85-70 Photometric data of 50W LED lamp


Rated luminous flux:4500lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BAD85-120 Photometric data of 100W LED lamp


Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

30W LED lamp*1.5


Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1254 1013 766 668 675 525 310 165 128 105 85 80 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 75 60 51 45 30 17 10 6 0 0 0 0 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

70W LED lamp*1.4


Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 864 815 765 690 715 725 639 640 606 462 415 410 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 303 235 155 78 39 18 11 8 5 4 0 0 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

120W LED lamp*1.2


Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1750 1615 1387 1269 1215 1245 1195 1124 910 789 665 475 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 502 273 154 55 32 19 13 10 6 5 4 3 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Mounting type (BAD85-30 type) (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference D: hook type
150 1 2 241

X: ceiling type
2- 8.5 175 49 3 4 116

G: pendant pole type


2- 8.5 440 3 5 2 208 Weight: 4.45kg 49 116

241

208 Weight: 3.64kg

208 Weight: 4.05kg

L: pole type
500 850

241

B: wall type
7 8 9 2

30

2- 8.5 49 414 150 200 116

4 2690 2500 6 250 190 2070

150 200 Weight: 3.25kg (without pole 6 )

505 Weight: 4.42kg

2/32

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

470

134

Energy-saving Lightings BAD85 Sereis Explosion-proof LED Lightings

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type D: hook type X: ceiling type Name .Hook (stainless steel) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51Explosion-proof junction box .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .Pole .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box .Elbow pipe 90 (M25 x 1.5) .Chain .Hook expansion bolt Accessories Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illustration See P2/29 G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) Carbon steel 40mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 400mm Length: 450mm See P2/29 Ordering code 61020 81D20 BHD51-F 81X01 81D02 BHD51-F 81G01 81X01 81L01 81D02 BHD51-F 51022 80B11 52017 Weight (kg) 0.20 0.26 0.80 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.41 0.30 0.26 0.80 0.55 0.09 0.03

G: pendant pole type L: pole type

B: wall type

Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.

Mounting type (BAD85-70 type, BAD85-120 type) (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration
G: pendant pole type
3 22 1 116 8.5 49

D: hook type
500(70type) 535(120type) 150

X: ceiling type

B: wall type

L: pole type

790(70type) 825(120type) 440

4 1

58 255(70type) 295(120type) 130


49E Q S

255(70type) 295(120type)
Weight: 7.80kg (70type) 8.80kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F(Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.

2Weight: 6.50kg (70type) 7.50kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel). Weight: 7.40kg (70type) 8.40kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

12 2-12 4- 14

Weight: 9.20kg (70type) 10.20kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Weight: 7.70kg (70type) 8.70kg (120type) Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.

Accessories
Picture Name Power controller 20W Power controller 30W Power controller 50W Power controller 70W Power controller 100W Power controller 120W LED Lamp module 20W LED Lamp module 30W LED Lamp module 50W LED Lamp module 70W LED Lamp module 100W LED Lamp module 120W 30 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring 70 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring 120 Type transparent cover with fixing-ring Ordering code 85001 85002 85003 85004 85005 85006 85007 85008 85009 85010 85011 85012 85013 85014 85015 Weight (kg) 0.20 0.20 0.45 0.45 0.58 0.58 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.15 0.27 0.27 1.20 1.84 2.90

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/33

Lighting Technology
Energy-saving Lightings BDD81 Series Explosion-proof Lightings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp and power Low power incandescent lamp (max.100W) Compact energy-saving lamp (max.11W) Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder co ated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps ar e recommended.

Catalogue number logic


BDD81 H: portable type Mounting X: ceiling type G: pendant pole type Lamp power (W) A: Incandescent lamp Lamp ESL: Energy-saving lamp

Explosion-proof lightings

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference H: portable type X: ceiling type G: pendant pole type
2- 8.5

116
60

4- 11

100W Incandescent lamp


146
Weight: 2.70kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Hook

146
Weight: 2.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

146
Weight: 4.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector M25 x 1.5(M)/M25 x 1.5(F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5),300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.

45

.4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

11W Energy-saving lamp

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/34
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Energy-saving Lightings BDD81 Series Explosion-proof Lightings

Technical data Explosion-proof lightings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Wire guard (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Applicable cable outer diameter E27 Incandescent lamp: 25W, 40W, 60W, 100W Energy-saving lamp: 9W, 11W (for sealed atmosphere) 220 IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Powder coated carbon steel (white) or stainless steel Stainless steel II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66 LCIE 11 ATEX 3110X; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BDD81 -

Portable type, ceiling type, pendant pole type 4 x M25 x 1.5 for ce iling type and portable type, 1 x M25 x 1.5 for pendant pole type DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 10 14 (mm)

Photometric data
Photometric data of 100W incandescent lamp Rated luminous flux:1025lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 104 85 108 91 88 90 94 89 92 90 89 82 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 88 85 86 88 84 77 68 66 67 51 15 5 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0

25W Incandescent lamp*0.2 40W Incandescent lamp*0.27 60W Incandescent lamp*0.49

50 55

Photometric data of 11W energy-saving lamp Rated luminous flux:600lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 20 19 18 20 20 21 22 22 23 23 21 20

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 19 19 17 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 12 12

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 10 9 6 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

9W Energy-saving lamp*0.7

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/35

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available lamp: -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) -Incandescent lamp (A) Two enclosure types: 125, 250. Fast opening, easy maintenance. Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

Catalogue number logic


BAD D: hook type G: pendant pole type B1: wall type 30 B2: wall type 90 X: ceiling type L: pole type

Mounting

Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp A: Incandescent lamp

Lamp

Enclosure type: 125,250 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAD-125 BAD-250 Available lamp power (W) HIE 70, 100, 150 175, 250 HME 80, 125 175, 250 SME 125, 160 250 HSE 70, 100 150, 250 A 200 300 E27 E40 5.20 6.10 Lamp holder Weight (kg)

Note
1. Mounting accessories are not supplied with light fittings. Please specify when ordering (See Mounting Accessories & Spare Parts Table on P2/40 41) 2. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 3. BAZ51 explosion-proof ballast is optional. See P2/88. 4. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.

Zones 1&2
2/36
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards PTB 03 ATEX 1077; IECEx CQM 07.0010 EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50018:2000+A1 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T130 Db IP65

BAD-125-

BAD-250-

PCEC(China); DNV 12 ATEX____; IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-31: 2008

Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E27 HIE: 70W, 100W, 150W HME: 80W, 125W SME: 125W, 160W HSE: 70W, 100W A: 200W Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter 220 240V AC 50/60Hz E40 HIE: 175W, 250W HME: 175W, 250W SME: 250W HSE: 150W, 250W A: 300W Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel

M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 G3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request)

See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

395

400

BAD-125

BAD-125 with external reflector

BAD-250

BAD-250 with external reflector

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/37

Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD-125)

Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp

Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with wide reflector)

Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 480 476 543 584 578 621 622 593 514 555 616 611

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 662 707 746 839 855 833 735 588 407 236 85 38

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 32 28 24 21 19 17 15 13 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 614 669 623 737 820 908 868 849 785 726 796 781

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 788 819 844 902 902 585 215 44 31 23 15 11

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/38

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD-250)

Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp

Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector)

Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp* 2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91

150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp* 2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 3823 2631 1633 761 697 754 808 883 945 812 1083 1285

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1380 1483 1414 1312 1204 1356 1413 1401 1389 1358 1304 1002

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 412 93 67 54 42 35 28 22 19 15 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 2277 1818 1460 1319 1229 1170 1153 1095 1007 1081 1255 1358

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1174 1097 1017 757 280 142 56 45 45 49 151 119

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 12 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/39

Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference

D: hook type

X: ceiling type

G: pendant pole type

4- 11 2- 8.5

4- 11 2- 8.5

L: pole type

B1: wall type 30


4- 11 2- 8.5

B2: wall type 90


40 4- 11 2- 8.5

4- 14

2/40

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type Name Accessories Qty Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

D: hook type

.Hook (stainless steel)

61020

0.20

.BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast X: ceiling type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector G: pendant pole type .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) L: pole type .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .Pole .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box B1: wall type 30 .Hook expansion bolt

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others M25 x 1.5(M)/ G3/4 (M) , Carbon steel Copper-free aluminium(Ex d IIC) G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F), Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm M25 x 1.5 (M)/ G3/4 (M) , Carbon steel 40mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC)
5

81D02 BAZ51-I/II 81X01 BHD51-F 81D02 BAZ51-I/II BHD51-F 51G01 81X01 81L01 81D02 BAZ51-I/II BHD51-F

0.26 See P2/88 0.30 0.80 0.26 See P2/88 0.80 0.41 0.30 0.26 See P2/88 0.80

52017

0.03

.Chain .Elbow pipe 30 (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector .BAZ51 Explosion-proof ballast B2: wall type 90 .BHD51-F Explosion-proof junction box .Hook expansion bolt .Chain
11

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Length: 580mm Length: 300mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F) , Carbon steel BAZ51-II for BAD-HIE250; BAZ51-I for others Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Same as wall mounting 30 Length: 450mm Length: 400mm

80B11 51021 81D02 BAZ51-I/II BHD51-F 52017 80B11 51022

0.09 0.42 0.26 See P2/88 0.80 0.03 0.10 0.54

.Elbow pipe 90 (M25 x 1.5)

Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.

Accessories
Picture Name 125 Top cover sleeve 250 Top cover sleeve 125 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 125 Wire guard 250 Wire guard 125 Transparent cover 250 Transparent cover 125 E27 lamp holder 250 E40 lamp holder Ordering code 51001 51002 51004 51005 51007 51008 51010 51011 51013 51014 Weight (kg) 0.21 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.38 0.33 2.16 2.68 0.15 0.45

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/41

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max. 400W) -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) Three enclosure types: 125, 250, 400. Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Explosion-proof trigger, rapid starting, stab le performance and long service life.

Catalogue number logic


BAD61D: hook type G: pendant pole type Mounting B: wall type X: ceiling type L: pole type Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp

Wireless connection between body and top cover, easy installation and maintenance. Powder coated wire guard, white. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp

Enclosure type: 125, 250,400 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAD61-125 BAD61-250 BAD61-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 Lamp holder

Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/42
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)

BAD61-125II 2 G Ex d IIC T4/T3 Gb II 2 D Ex tD A21 T135 /T200 IP66 DNV 10 ATEX 85533X; IECEx CQM 11.0010;FM(USA); POCC CN. 05.B03637(Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 61241-0: 2006, EN 61241-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Explosion-proof trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E27 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 70W, 100W, 150W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 80W, 125W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 70W, 100W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 ~+40 : T4/T135 ; -60 ~+55 : T3/T200 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

331

331

G: pendant pole type

D: hook type

X: ceiling type

B: wall type

L: pole type

2-

8.5 130 212

58

Weight: 10.35kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, copper-free aluminium), see P3/6.

Weight: 9.30kg Weight: 9.45kg Accessories supplied with the Accessories supplied with the light fittings: light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is (F), carbon steel. recommended. .Hook (stainless steel) Please see P7/20 25.

Weight: 11.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

4- 14
Weight: 9.70kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/43

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD61-125)

Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 423 256 205 181 199 252 314 379 436 552 600 611

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 654 694 725 749 772 786 785 782 774 757 723 670

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 591 432 275 110 25 14 8 0 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 2089 1895 1685 1521 1371 1240 1131 1042 962 971 929 862

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 845 841 838 826 661 389 107 25 17 13 7 5

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1897 1685 95 265 105 29 115 135 145 155 165 175 180 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 125 14

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1897 1779 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 13 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 1474 25 1289 35 1143 45 1046 55 65 75 85 90 884 834 822 763 523

15 1388 25 1034 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 762 730 699 394 52 22 16

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/44

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)

BAD61-250II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 Ex d IIC T3 Gb

LCIE 05 ATEX 6142; IECEx CQM 07.0003; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Explosion-proof electronic trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 175W, 250W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 175W, 250W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 150W, 250W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

389

384

G: pendant pole type

D: hook type

X: ceiling type

B: wall type

L: pole type

2- 8.5

58

2130

12

Weight: 17.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, cast iron), see P3/6.

Weight: 14.55kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel)

Weight: 15.20kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Weight: 16.95kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

4- 14

Weight: 15.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/45

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD61-250)

Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;

Photometric data of 175W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:14000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;

Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91

150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91

150W High pressure sodium lamp*1.07 250W High pressure sodium lamp*2 250W Metal halide lamp*1.64 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.53 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.91

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 669 633 598 562 569 554 565 665 771 990 1213 1257

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1315 1367 1287 1381 1365 1448 1439 1440 1432 1347 1114 618

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 116 84 58 47 36 28 23 19 16 10 3 2 2

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1580 1479 1383 1399 1256 1166 1104 1023 1033 958 1137 1133

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1127 1129 1016 976 938 709 130 56 39 31 23 16

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 12 8 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 1358 1259 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 32 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 105 14

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 1358 1237 962 897 862 983 301 66 25 14 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 9 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

15 1246 25 1061 35 45 55 75 85 90 980 959 1116 564 79 40

15 1073

65 1071

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/46

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)

BAD61-400II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 07 ATEX 6085; IECEx CQM 08.0004; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 400W High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 208V, 250V, 277V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x G3/4 (pendant pole type and hook type); 4 x M25x1.5 (wall type and ceiling type); 1 x G1 (pole type) See Mounting Accessories and Spare Parts Table 10 14 (mm)

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

466

469

G: pendant pole type

D: hook type

X: ceiling type

B: wall type

L: pole type

2-

8.5 58

2- 12 130

Weight: 23.65kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Straight pipe(M25 x 1.5), 300mm long. .BHD51-F (Ex d IIC, castiron), see P3/6.

4- 14
Weight: 20.85kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .BGJ-III explosion-proof connector G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5 (F), carbon steel. .Hook (stainless steel) Weight: 21.50kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Weight: 23.25kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .4 x M25 x1.5 Plug; Ex d cable gland (optional): DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Weight: 21.80kg Accessories supplied with the light fittings: .Pole shall be provided by user. .Locking bolt, 1 No. .Washer, 2 Nos. .Seal ring, 1 No.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/47

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD61-400)

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp;

Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1373 1324 1501 1640 1531 1398 1787 1961 2054 1738 2255 2428

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 2538 2431 2576 2838 2794 2437 2318 2483 2498 2197 1129 215

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 139 110 98 82 70 67 60 55 49 38 28 13 7

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 4480 4884 4922 4821 4682 4224 3880 3394 3087 3138 2935 2335

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 2137 2143 1981 1711 819 248 91 59 36 19 8 7

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 5 5 6 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4948 5312 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 59 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 105 20

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4948 4900 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 6 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 5523 25 4992 35 4021 45 3569 55 2559 65 2194 75 1541 85 90 216 95

15 4809 25 3987 35 3431 45 3515 55 2149 65 1626 75 85 90 119 130 14

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/48

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD61 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Accessories
Picture 125 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 400 Wide reflector 125 Angle reflector 250 Angle reflector 400 Angle reflector Hook Name Ordering code 61001 61002 61003 61004 61005 61006 61020 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.27 0.53 0.15 0.36 0.52 0.20

Explosion-proof electronic trigger (125, 250 type)

61034

0.34

E27 Lamp holder

61035

0.06

E40 Lamp holder

61036

0.30

125 Explosion-proof capacitor

61037

0.45

250 Explosion-proof capacitor

61038

0.50

Note: Ballast, 400 type trigger, 400 type capacitor see P1/19

Power connection lamp replacement

Unscrew lock bolt at top cover, remov e top cover a nd circlip, and take terminal block out. Connect the cable to terminal block, put terminal block and cirlip back to ensure proper connection.

Screw top cover at light fitting, keep two arrows on two parts in line to ensure proper connection between two spring contact plates.

Unscrew bolts at transparent cover, open the transparent cover and screw lamp into lamp holder. Close cover and screw bolts.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/49

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max. 500W) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) -Incandescent lamp (A) -Electromagnetic induction lamp (QL) External terminal compartment, easy connection and maintenance. Two enclosure types: 250, 400. External reflector is optional, to increase lighting intensity.

Catalogue number logic


BAD71 - -

Lamp power (W) QL: Electromagnetic induction lamp Lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp A: Incandescent lamp Enclosure type: 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code QL BAD71-250 BAD71-400 85 135 Available lamp power (W) SME 160, 250 500 (450) A 200, 300 500

Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/50
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards

BAD71-250II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65

BAD71-400II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex de IIC T3 Gb Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 08 ATEX 6111 IECEx CQM 11.0030 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004

LCIE 08 ATEX 6105 IECEx CQM 08.0018 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 IEC 60079-7: 2001, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004

Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Exposed fastener Lamp

Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Stainless steel
Available lamp SME A QL Lamp power 160W 250W 200W 300W 85W Lamp holder E27 E40 E27 E40 A QL 500W 135W E40 Available lamp SME Lamp power 500(450)W Lamp holder E40

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight

220 240V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 18. 9.25kg 13.45kg

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

ceiling type

wall type 30
384(250type) 470(400type)

wall type 90

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/51

Pendant Light Fittings BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD71-250)

Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 250W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:4900lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83

160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83

160W Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp*0.64 200W Incandescent lamp*0.41 300W Incandescent lamp*0.83

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 315 314 309 304 299 300 303 298 293 296 303 310

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 317 317 313 306 291 270 243 213 180 143 107 73

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 45 45 23 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1117 1109 1070 980 875 763 666 587 506 443 401 364

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 337 306 251 192 131 77 37 13 5 4 2 1

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 829 730 615 509 467 387 267 129 34 11 6 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 15 25 35 45 55 65 75 85 90 829 800 707 573 460 337 169 50 6 2 1 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/52

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD71 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD71-400)

Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 500W self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:13000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

500W Incandescent lamp*0.57

500W Incandescent lamp*0.57

500W Incandescent lamp*0.57

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 451 453 481 488 494 488 492 514 548 578 617 666

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 718 765 805 836 862 882 896 904 907 891 857 803

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 731 649 533 402 179 178 94 37 18 12 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1979 1903 1918 1815 1619 1450 1386 1272 1191 1107 1045 998

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 956 878 768 626 493 327 180 87 38 16 9 5

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 2064 2025 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 2064 2179 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 39 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 1719 25 1371 35 1066 45 55 65 75 85 90 887 765 537 219 62 26

15 1919 25 1609 35 1337 45 1148 55 1012 65 75 85 90 827 534 195 93

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/53

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. External terminal compartment, convenient for connection and maintenance. Two enclosure types: 250, 400. External reflector is optional, to increase lighting intensity.

Catalogue number logic


BAD91 - -

Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAD91-250 BAD91-400 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 150, 250 400 HME 175, 250 400

Note
1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/54
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards

BAD91-250II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65

BAD91-400II 2 G Ex de IIC T3 Ex de IIC T3 Gb Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 LCIE 08 ATEX 6112 IECEx CQM 11.0019X PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 61241-0: 2004 IEC 61241-1: 2004

LCIE 08 ATEX 6106 IECEx CQM 08.0019 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 IEC 60079-7: 2001, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004

Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)

Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow(RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel E40
Available lamp HSE HME HIE Lamp power 150W, 250W 175W, 250W 175W, 250W Available lamp HSE HME HIE Lamp power 400W 400W 400W

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight

Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 18. 13.80kg 20.00kg

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

ceiling type

384(250type) 470(400type)

wall type 30

wall type 90

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/55

Pendant Light Fittings BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD91-250)

Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1569 1697 1201 983 720 814 970 864 1196 1224 1267 1209 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 1547 1646 1544 1485 1453 1646 1614 1581 1547 1492 1202 641 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 103 72 55 45 36 31 28 27 27 25 23 9 4

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 6806 6873 6059 5109 4242 3672 3206 2538 2451 2010 1886 1983 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 1883 1790 1471 1038 407 139 70 47 36 25 19 12 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 9 8 6 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4532 4386 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 29 14 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 4532 4470 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 7 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 3495 25 2862 35 2063 45 1797 55 1687 65 1166 75 85 90 288 85 42

15 3500 25 2699 35 2025 45 1868 55 65 75 85 90 944 253 54 17 12

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/56

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BAD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data (BAD91-400)

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp (with angle reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1743 1610 1563 1669 1780 1879 1865 1694 2316 2413 2414 2504

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 2852 3055 3200 3028 2857 2729 2761 2996 2930 2787 2600 1963

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 1005 184 101 73 60 51 49 52 50 57 6 6 6

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 5194 6163 6104 5900 5459 5037 4647 4324 4251 4257 3733 3671

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 3324 3506 3447 3053 2052 759 255 133 81 48 26 15

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 Reflection angle CP 0 5 6366 6629 95 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 451 54 16 8 0 0 0 0 0 105 128

90 Reflection angle CP 0 5 6366 6320 95 105 115 125 135 145 155 165 175 180 48 16 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15 5891 25 5155 35 4518 45 4207 55 3914 65 3680 75 3235 85 2640 90 1295

15 5671 25 4462 35 3919 45 3475 55 3034 65 2875 75 85 90 523 139 80

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/57

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp (max.400W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) Three enclosure types: 150, 250, 400 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance.

Catalogue number logic


BDD91 -

K: bracket type Mounting L: pole type

Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 150, 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BDD91-150 BDD91-250 BDD91-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 11.20 14.80 16.70 Lamp holder Weight (kg)

Note: 1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 3. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/58
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection
1)

BDD91-150II 2 G Ex d IIC Tx1) Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC Txxx See Selection Table


1)

BDD91-250BDD91-400II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 Gb Db IP66 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP66

Certificates

DNV 11 ATEX 05977X IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia)

DNV 11 ATEX 06159X DNV 11 ATEX 06160X

Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Internal reflector External reflector (optional) Wire guard Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Available lamp and lamp power (W)

EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact. High-purity aluminium Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Chock ballast, rapid starting,stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel Type HIE BDD91-150 BDD91-250 BDD91-400 70W, 100W, 150W 175W, 250W 400W Available Lamp HSE 70W, 100W 150W, 250W 400W HME 80W, 125W 175W, 250W 400W Lamp holder E27 E40 E40

Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Bracket type, pole type 2 x M25 x 1.5 for bracket type, 1 x M25 x 1.5 for pole type DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Selection Table
Lamp HIE 70,100 HME 80 HSE 70,100 II 2 G Ex d IIC T142 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T142 Gb Db IP66 II 2 G Ex d IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66 Explosion protection

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

HIE 150

555

HME 125

II 2 G Ex d IIC T147 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T147

Gb Db IP66

197(150type) 233(250type) 257(400type)

392(150type) 422(250type) 488(400type)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/59

Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data

BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BDD91-150
Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

180

150

180

150

180

150

90

90

90

80

80

580

160 50 240

160 50 240

1160 50 1740

320 0 30

320 0 30

2320 0 30

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 1649 812 420 280 245 280 282 320 350 463 452 475 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 505 520 410 495 608 620 600 590 565 552 415 78 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 20 15 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 2041 2246 4959 4696 1427 1238 1093 962 750 920 825 712 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 570 685 655 620 210 85 45 32 27 26 20 16 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 14 10 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*1.0 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 18452 7163 3163 1827 1012 1232 1117 1814 917 1001 572 178 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 105 72 40 20 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/60

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data

BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BDD91-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

180

150

180

150

180

150

0 0 14 28 42 56 0 30 90 40

90

90

180

80 50 120

360 50 540

50

160 0 30

720 0 30

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 660 691 600 592 642 808 1025 1017 1260 1408 1250 1497

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1772 1740 1752 1635 1449 1392 1461 1626 1641 1586 1481 1169

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 545 110 60 45 40 36 37 40 42 45 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 2553 2489 2423 2259 1998 1816 1959 1917 1735 1552 1630 1662

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1687 1728 1721 1656 1360 1340 525 130 90 70 60 30

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 25 20 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 19426 13251 9093 4925 3073 2555 2505 1884 2403 1877 1537 1521

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 426 195 134 65 40 18 6 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/61

Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data

BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150

BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp(with wide reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150

BDD91-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp(with deep reflector) Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
180 150

0 0 0 12 24 36 48 0 30 90 40 480 80 720 50 120 960 50 160 1200 0 30 0 30 50 90 240 90

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1757 1327 1070 1067 1286 1350 1443 1439 1374 1645 1797 1944

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1961 1984 1886 1793 1725 1783 1738 1717 1697 1621 1459 1014

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 445 87 71 60 50 41 35 34 36 34 27 7 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 4480 4884 4922 1821 4682 4224 3880 3394 3087 3138 2935 2355

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 2137 2143 1981 1711 819 248 92 60 36 20 10 0

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 36882 35726 19906 12926 10071 7662 5429 6597 4739 5178 4573 2865

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 766 463 306 171 80 25 16 10 0 0 0 0

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/62

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BDD91 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference K: bracket type
13

L: pole type (the pole is provided by user)

286

Ceiling type wall type 30


414

310

.BGJ-III explosion-proof connector, M25 x 1.5(M) / M25 x 1.5(F) carbon steel

wall type 90

.Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.

Accessories
Picture Name 150 Wide reflector 250 Wide reflector 400 Wide reflector 150 Deep reflector 250 Deep reflector 400 Deep reflector 150 Wire guard 250 Wire guard 400 Wire guard 150 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 250 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 400 Transparent cover with fixing-ring 150 Mounting bracket 250 Mounting bracket 400 Mounting bracket E27 Lamp holder E40 Lamp holder Note: Ballast, trigger, capacitor see P1/19 Ordering code 91001 91002 91003 91004 91005 91006 91007 91008 91009 91010 91011 91012 91013 91014 91015 61035 61036 Weight (kg) 0.30 0.45 1.15 0.44 0.50 0.62 0.35 0.53 0.80 2.30 3.65 6.50 0.65 0.82 1.20 0.06 0.12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/63

Lighting Technology
Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max.400W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) Three enclosure types: 150, 250, 400 Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Both American standard and European standard are available.

Catalogue number logic


BnD81 X: ceiling type Mounting B: wall type G: pendant pole type L: pole type 25 Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 150, 250, 400 Explosion-proof light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BnD81-150 BnD81-250 BnD81-400 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 HME 80, 125 175, 250 400 E27 E40 E40 6.15 10.20 13.60 Lamp holder Weight(kg)

Note: 1. The light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. The light fittings are supplied without external reflector. Please specify when ordering. 3. High pressure mercury lamp is not available in American standard products.

Zones 2; 21&22
2/64
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover External reflector (optional) Wire guard (optional) Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E27 Available lamp HIE HSE HME American standard 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 70W, 100W,150W 70W,100W ------European standard 220~240V, 250V AC 70W, 100W, 150W 70W, 100W 80W, 125W Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Chock ballast, rapid starting,stable performance General trigger Power factor Stainless steel 0.85 (compensated) II 3 G Ex nR IIC T4 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BnD81-150-

Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE)

Ceiling type, wall type,pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

235

295

340

186

392

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/65

Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover External reflector (optional) Wire guard (optional) Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E40 Available lamp HIE HSE HME American standard 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 175W, 250W 150W, 250W ----European standard 220~240V, 250V AC 175W, 250W 150W, 250W 175W, 250W Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Chock ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor Stainless steel 0.85 (compensated) II 3 G Ex nR IIC T3 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BnD81-250-

Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceili ng ty pe, w all t ype,pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


300 345

410

194

422

2/66

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover External reflector (optional) Wire guard (optional) Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E40 Available lamp HIE HSE HME American standard 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 400W 400W ----European standard 220~240V, 250V AC 400W 400W 400W Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Pure aluminium, anodicoxidation treatment for surface Stainless steel Chock ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel II 3 G Ex nR IIC T3 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BnD81-400-

Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) Rated voltage American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -60 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 (L+N+PE) Ceili ng ty pe, wall type, pendant pole type, pole type 25 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16 19.

Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland (optional)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


300 345

460

220

488

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/67

Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Photometric data

BnD81-150
Photometric data of 100W high pressure sodium lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BnD81-250
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

BnD81-400
Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 100W Metal halide lamp*0.94 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 CP 230 185 169 252 292 390 463 515 574 611 650 659 Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 CP 692 730 750 758 754 750 750 755 745 720 672 620 Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 CP 443 206 65 15 10 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.58

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 1327 1414 930 763 584 577 534 648 763 806 893 1138

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 1068 1006 1022 1064 1108 1122 1112 1100 1090 1063 1001 976

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 921 685 120 30 20 15 5 4 3 3 3 3 3

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55

CP 2090 1366 1278 1115 1122 1168 1294 1521 1872 2108 2197 2288

Angle 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115

CP 2290 2278 2439 2628 2776 2865 2883 2830 2740 2640 2383 2254

Angle 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180

CP 2126 2049 1844 969 141 445 25 15 9 5 5 5 5

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

2/68

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Pendant Light Fittings BnD81 Series Explosion-proof Light Fittings

Mounting type (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Installation reference X: ceiling type B: wall type

268(150type) 314(250type) 314(400type) 4365(150type) 435(250type) 485(400type) 11

65

2 325(150type) 425(250type) 465(400type)

100 120 1

30
411 345(150type) 470(250type) 490(400type)

235(150type) 300(250type) 300(400type)

G: pendant pole type


249 8.5

L1: pole type 25

6 116 40

440

3 4 2830

58

25

340(150type) 410(250type) 460(400type)

260(150type) 345(250type) 345(400type) 150

4-

150 14

Mounting accessories and spare parts table


Supplied according to the mounting type Mounting type X: ceiling type B: wall type Name .Mounting bracket .Wall bracket (powder coated carbon steel) .BHD51 Explosion-proof junction box G: pendant pole type .Straight pipe (M25 x 1.5) .BGJ-III Explosion-proof connector L: pole type 25 .Pole type 25 .Pole connector Accessories Qty 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 150 type 250 type 400 type Copper-free aluminium (Ex d IIC) Length: 300mm G3/4 (M)/M25 x 1.5(F) Carbon stee l Copper-free aluminium 58mm Illustration Powder coated carbon steel Ordering Weight code 81X02 81B01 81B02 81B02 BHD51-F 81G01 81D02 81L02 81L03 (kg) 0.20 1.20 1.50 1.50 0.80 0.41 0.26 0.80 -

Note: 1. Accessories not in the table shall be supplied by user. 2. Pole shall not be supplied with light fittings; if required, please specify when ordering.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/69

Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT51 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp of E40 lamp holder: -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure mercury lamp (HME) -Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp (SME) Two enclosure types: 400, 1000. Enclosure in co pper-free aluminium, powder co ated external surface, yellow (RAL 1021). Installed on cradle to all ow for all ad justments; adjustable in 60 or 90 . Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

Catalogue number logic


BAT51 -

Lamp power (W) HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp SME: Self ballast high pressure mercury lamp Enclosure type: 400,1000 Explosion-proof floodlights Luminous intensity distribution (cd/1000lm)

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAT51-400 BAT51-1000 175, 250, 400 1000 Available lamp power (W) HME 175, 250, 400 HSE 150, 250, 400 1000 SME 250, 500 14.50 58.50 Weight (kg)

Note
1. 400 type light fittings are supplied without lamp and ballast. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 2. 1000 type light fittings are supplied with lamp and ballast. 3. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/70
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT51 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Wire guard Transparent cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Lamp power (W)

BAT51-400II 2 G Ex d IIB T4(T3) Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T130 (T190 ) Db IP65

BAT51-1000II 2 G Ex d IIB T2 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T290 Db IP65

PCEC (China), LCIE 12 ATEX____ PCEC (China), LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Powder coated carbon steel, white Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Stainless steel E40
Available lamp HIE HSE HME SME II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T130 175W, 250W 150W, 250W 175W, 250W 250W Db IP65 II 2 G Ex d IIB T3 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T190 400W 400W 400W 500W Db IP65 II 2 G Ex d IIB T2 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIB T290 Db IP65 1000W 1000W

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland

Available cable outer diameter Note

400W or below: 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) HIE/HSE 1000W: 230V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) BAT51-400 type: G3/4 ; BAT51-1000 type: M25 x 1.5 BAT51-400 type: with seal gasket and trumpet shaped gland BAT51-10 00 ty pe: the cable between floodlight and ballast through BNG-M25 x 1.5(M)/ M25 x 1.5 (M) explosion-proof flexible conduit (length: 1200 mm); One explosion-proof cable gland (DQM-II-M25 x 1.5 Ex d, brass, armored, cable wiring) 10 14 (mm) 1. For BAT51-400 type: if HIE, HSE or HME lamp required, explosion-proof ballast shall Not be supplied. BAZ51 series explosion-proof ballast is recommended (see P2/88 when ordering). 2. For BAT51-1000 type: explosion-proof ballast shall be supplied. 3. HPI European standard HIE lamp is recommended for HIE light fitting.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

350

5 16

4- 13.5EQS 350

BAT51-400 Horizontal type

BAT51-400 Ceiling type

BAT51-1000

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/71

Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Four enclosure types: 125, 250, 400, 1000. Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Rapid starting trigger, stable performance and long servic e life. Enclosure in c opper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

Catalogue number logic


BAT53 -

Mounting

S: street lamp type (only for BAT53-250 type, See P2/86) Y: movable type G: fixed type

Lamp power (W) Lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp

Enclosure type: 125, 250, 400, 1000 Explosion-proof floodlights

Selection table
Type/Ordering code HIE BAT53-125 BAT53-250 BAT53-400 BAT53-1000 70, 100, 150 175, 250 400 1000 Available lamp power (W) HSE 70, 100 150, 250 400 1000 HME 80, 125 175, 250 E27 E40 E40 E40 8.45 14.75 30.75 58.00 Lamp holder Weight (kg)

Note
1. Please specify any spare parts when ordering. See Accessories table. 2. 125, 250 and 400 type light fittings are supplied without lamp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended. 3. HPI European standard ballast is supplied with HIE light fitting. HPI European standard lamps are recommended. 4. 1000 type light fittings are supplied with lamp and ballast.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/72
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 05 ATEX 6143; IECEx CQM 07.0004; FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006 IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Material Enclosure Ballast Wire guard Internal reflector Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E27 High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 70W, 100W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 80W, 125W Metal halide lamp (HIE): 70W, 100W, 150W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 220 IP65 -20 2x 5 +55 21: 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel),1 x M20 x 1.5 plug 10 (mm) 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Powder coated carbon steel, white High-purity aluminium Explosion-proof electronic trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel II 2 G Ex de IIB T4 Ex tD A21 T130 IP65 Ex de IIB T4 Gb

BAT53-125-

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

3- 12

G: fixed type

Y: movable type

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/73

Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 05 ATEX 6143; IECEx CQM 07.0004; FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006 IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Material Enclosure Ballast Wire guard Internal reflector Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E40 High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 150W, 250W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 175W, 250W Metal halide lamp (HIE): 175W, 250W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 220 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 2x 10 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 14 (mm) 26: 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel),1 x M25 x 1.5 plug 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance Powder coated carbon steel, white High-purity aluminium Explosion-proof electronic trigger Power factor Stainless steel 0.85 (compensated) II 2 G Ex de IIB T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65 Ex de IIB T3 Gb

BAT53-250-

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

621

3- 12

650

G: fixed type

Y: movable type

2/74

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 07 ATEX 6106; IECEx CQM 08.0014; BR229792 (Brazil); FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 60079-7: 2001 IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Material Enclosure Ballast Internal reflector Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E40 High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 400W (tubular) Metal halide lamp (HIE): 400W (tubular) Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter 220 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 10 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 14 (mm) 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance High-purity aluminium Explosion-proof electronic trigger Power factor Stainless steel 0.85 (compensated) II 2 G Ex de IIB T3 Ex tD A21 T190 IP65

BAT53-400-

2 x M25 x 1.5: 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel),1 x M25 x 1.5 plug

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

16

4-

13EQS

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/75

Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W) E40 High pressure sodium lamp (HSE):1000W Metal halide lamp (HIE):1000W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland 230V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor Stainless steel 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP65 PCEC (China); LCIE 12 ATEX ____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BAT53-1000-

1 x M25 x 1.5 The cable between floodlight and ballast through BNG-M25 x 1.5(M)/M25 x 1.5(M) explosion-proof flexible conduit (length: 1000 mm); One explosion-proof cable gland (DQM-II-M25 x 1.5, Ex d, brass, armored, cable wiring)

Available cable outer diameter

10

14 (mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

2/76

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT53 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Photometric data
BAT53-125 Photometric data of 100W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:9000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm BAT53-250 Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm BAT53-400 Photometric data of 400W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:38000lm; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

70W Metal halide lamp*0.56 70W High pressure sodium lamp*0.67 100W High pressure sodium lamp*1.06 80W High pressure mercury lamp*0.41 125W High pressure mercury lamp*0.68 150W Metal halide lamp*1.66
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1948 1945 1953 1963 1950 1955 1839 1733 1649 1588 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 1370 612 385 236 131 66 37 0 0

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.32 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55

400W High pressure sodium lamp*1.26

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 3162 3197 3183 3128 3073 3010 2790 2505 2191 1806

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 1419 975 613 354 202 127 65 5 3

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 5982 6178 6103 6054 5706 5342 4751 4235 3517 2765

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 2330 1849 443 338 234 111 52 12 4

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)

Explosion-proof electronic trigger (125, 250, 400 type)

61034

0.30

125 Explosion-proof capacitor 250 Explosion-proof capacitor 400 Explosion-proof capacitor

53012 53013 53014

0.45 0.45 0.55

125 Movable support

53015

1.80

250 Movable support Note: Ballast see P1/19

53016

2.35

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/77

Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT85 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Integral control gear, easy installation and maintenance. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes. The light fittings are supplied without l amp. PHILIPS lamps are recommended.

Catalogue number logic


BAT85 Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp Lamp HSE: High pressure sodium lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp Explosion-proof floodlights

Photometric data
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

CP 4066 3773 3536 3385 3340 3292 3036 2475 1763 1404

Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

CP 1112 945 404 292 161 90 46 0 0

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.78 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 175W High pressure mercury lamp*0.36 250W High pressure mercury lamp*0.55 400W Metal halide lamp*1.40 400W High pressure sodium lamp*2.36 400W High pressure mercury lamp*0.82

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Zones 1&2
2/78
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT85 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection
1)

BAT85II 2 G Ex d IIC T3 1) or xxx 1) Gb See Selection Table for temperature classification

Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Ballast Trigger Capacitor Internal reflector Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp

LCIE 10 ATEX 3083; IECEx CQM 11.0013; FM (USA) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) High-purity aluminium Stainless steel E40 Metal halide lamp (HIE): 175W, 250W, 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 150W, 250W, 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 175W, 250W, 400W 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 208V, 250V, 277V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 28.50kg

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight

Selection Table
Temperature classification Rated voltage Lamp Lamp power (W) 175, 175, 150, 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 175, 400 150, 400 175, 400 175, 150, 400 250, 250, 250, 250, 250 250 250, 400 250 250 250, 400 250 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 400 -20 Ta +40 208/220V AC 50/60Hz HIE HME HSE HIE HME HSE HIE 240V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE HIE 250V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE HIE 277V AC 50/60Hz HME HSE T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 201 T3 211 T3 T3 T3 T3 210 -20 Ta +55 T3 T3 T3 T3 T3 208 T3 206 T3 T3 211 T3 212 T3 T3 216 T3 226 T3 208 T3 T3 225

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

230V AC 50/60Hz

165 4- 13EQS

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/79

Lighting Technology
Floodlights BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power (max.120W): LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life 50W, 70W, 100W, 120W Isolated LED lamp compartment, CC-CV ( constant current constant voltage) power controlle r compar tment, terminal compartment; wind-convection heat dissipation structure.

Catalogue number logic


BAT86 -

Mounting

Y: movable type G: fixed type

Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof LED floodlights

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAT86-50G BAT86-70G BAT86-100G BAT86-120G Lamp power (W) 50 70 100 120 Weight (kg) 10.80 10.80 10.80 10.80 Type/Ordering code BAT86-50Y BAT86-70Y BAT86-100Y BAT86-120Y Lamp power (W) 50 70 100 120 Weight (kg) 11.80 11.80 11.80 11.80

Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code

in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/80
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof LED floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Power controller Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Wide voltage input, CC-CV (constant current - constant voltage) output, power factor 0.98, with function of distributed current, constant current, surge-proof and anti-electromagnetic interference, and protection against overcurrent, open circuit, and short circuit Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Mounting Cable entries Cable gland Applicable cable outer diameter CREE plural white LED modules 50W, 70W, 100W, 120W 187 IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) 265V AC 50/60Hz M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Stainless steel II 2 G Ex de IIC T5 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T95 Db IP66 PCEC(China); LCIE 12 ATEX_____, IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-7: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BAT86-

Movable type, fixed type Note: Fixed type can be used in horizontal type ceiling type,wall type, etc. G3/4 10~ (NPT3/4 14 (mm) or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request.) 1 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, carbon steel)

Energy-saving description
Name Rated power (W) Working current (A) Power factor (cos ) High pressure mercury lamp 250W 250 2.15/220V 0.40 10000 15000 BAT86-120 120 0.55/220V 0.95 10800 50000 Elaboration of plural white LED modules, Similar luminous flux, electricity saved by over 70%, Energy-saving effect LED lamp service life extended by over 3 times, less maintenance expense, and less electric energy loss. unidirectional illumination, soft and balanced light, luminous efficiency>90lm/W, high colour rendering, long service life (50000h), environmental protection.

Effective luminous flux (lm) Service life (h)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/81

Floodlights BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

17

Mounting type
Installation reference G: fixed type ceiling type Y: movable type

wall type 20

2/82

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BAT86 Series Explosion-proof LED Floodlights

Photometric data
Photometric data of BAT86-100G (BAT86-100Y)
Rated luminous flux:9000lm; The data from CREE lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm

C0/180
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1260 1266 1274 1218 1090 910 666 436 255 125 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 68 55 48 50 35 25 15 0 0

C90/270
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 CP 1259 1305 1351 1397 1493 1589 1685 1885 2085 2285 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 2650 3015 3380 2265 1150 35 0 0 0

50W LED lamp*0.5 70W LED lamp*0.7 120W LED lamp*1.2

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Accessories
Picture Name Power controller 50W Ordering code 86001 Weight (kg) 0.20

Power controller 70W

86002

0.20

Power controller 100W

86003

0.20

Power controller 120W

86004

0.20

LED Lamp module 50W

86005

0.01

LED Lamp module 70W

86006

0.01

LED Lamp module 100W

86007

0.01

LED Lamp module 120W

86008

0.01

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/83

Lighting Technology
Floodlights BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available lamp (max.1000W): -Metal halide lamp (HIE) -High pressure sodium lamp (HSE) Two enclosure types: 400, 1000. Type 400: lamp and ballast are of inegral type. Type 1000: lamp and ballast are split type. Enclosure in coppe r-free aluminium, powde r coated external surface. Both American standard and European standard are available.

Catalogue number logic


BnT81 Lamp power (W) HIE: Metal halide lamp

Type 400 are supplied without lamp, PHILIPS lamps are recommended. Type 1000 are supplied with lamp.

Lamp

HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Enclosure type: 400, 1000 Explosion-proof floodlights

Photometric data
Photometric data of 250W metal halide lamp
Rated luminous flux:23000lm; The data from PHILIPS lamp; Luminous intensity distribution cd/1000lm
Angle 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 CP 8658 8691 8577 8536 8174 7812 7450 6838 6226 5615 Angle 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 CP 4092 2570 1047 723 400 75 0 0 0

175W Metal halide lamp*0.61 150W High pressure sodium lamp*0.65 250W High pressure sodium lamp*1.22 400W Metal halide lamp*1.65 400W High pressure sodium lamp*2.08

40 45

We can provide lighting design and data by professional lighting software DIALUX based upon simulated site situation on request.

Zones 2; 21&22
2/84
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Floodlights BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Floodlights

Technical data Explosion-proof floodlights


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Internal reflector Ballast Trigger Capacitor Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp and lamp power (W)

BnT81-400-

BnT81-1000-

II 3 G Ex nR IIC T2 Gc II 3 G Ex nR IIC T3 Gc II 2 D Ex t IIIC T190 Db IP66 II 2 D Ex t IIIC T290 Db IP66 LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-15: 2010, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-15: 2010, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface Toughened glass, stands 4J impact High-purity aluminium Chock ballast, rapid starting, stable performance General trigger Power factor 0.85 (compensated) Stainless steel E40 Available American standard 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC European standard 220~240V, 250V AC (230V AC) HIE HSE HIE HSE BnT81-400 175W, 250W, 400W 150W, 250W, 400W 175W, 250W, 400W 150W, 250W, 400W BnT81-1000 1000W 1000W 1000W 1000W

Rated voltage

Note: Please see Seletion table of American standard HID lamp and corresponding electrical components (See P1/20) American standard: 120V/208V/240V/277V/480V AC 60Hz (50Hz is optional) European standard: 220~240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 250V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) 1000W: 230V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 4mm2 L+N+PE BnT81-400 type: 2 x 21: 1 x M20 x 1.5 plug, 1 x M20 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, carbon steel) BnT81-1000 type: lamp : 1 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, brass armored cable wiring) ballast: 2 x G3/4 cable gland (DQM-l Ex e, brass armored cable wiring) 5 10 (mm) 10 14 (mm),

Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries

Applicable cable outer diameter Weight

12.85 kg

lamp: 10.00kg, ballast: 18.60kg

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


530 80 225 150 13

450 422

520

303
211

460 237

3- 13 298

BnT81-400

BnT81-1000

BnT81-1000 Ballast

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/85

Lighting Technology
Street Lamps BAT53-250, BAT53-400 Series BAD91-250, BAD91-400 Series BDD91-150, BDD91-250, BDD91-400 Series BnT81 Series Explosion-proof Street Lamps
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Please refer to mounting schematic diagram to select right lamp and mounting types on request of job site. Please refer to this catalogue for detail technical data and ordering information of each light fitting. Note: If BAT53-2 50 type street lamp required, please specify when ordering. The street lamps are supplied without pole; please specify when ordering.

Mounting schematic diagram of BAT53-250 series street lamps

60

60

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/86
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

60

Street Lamps Explosion-proof Street Lamps

Mounting schematic diagram of BAT53-250, BAT53-400 series, BAD91-250, BAD91-400 series street lamps

Platform type (Single lamp)

Platform type (Dual lamp)

Platform type (Single lamp)

Platform type (Dual lamp)

BAD91-250, BAD91-400 series

BAT53-250, BAT53-400 series

Note: 1. For BAD91-400 series or BAD91-250 series, the installation angle of light fittings can be adjusted on request of lighting on job site. 2. External reflector is optional, which increases luminous intensity at site.

Reference diagram of street lamp mounting base

12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/87

Lighting Technology
Ballasts BAZ51 Series Explosion-proof Ballasts
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable to lamp (max. 400W) of HIE, HSE and HME. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Choke ballast, rapid starting, stable performance.

Catalogue number logic


BAZ51 -

Lamp power (W) HSE: High pressure sodium lamp Lamp HME: High pressure mercury lamp HIE: Metal halide lamp Explosion-proof ballasts

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAZ51-HIE 70 BAZ51-HIE 100 BAZ51-HIE 150 BAZ51-HIE 175 BAZ51-HIE 250 BAZ51-HIE 400 BAZ51-HSE 70 BAZ51-HSE 100 Available lamp Power(W) HIE 70 HIE 100 HIE 150 HIE 175 HIE 250 HIE 400 HSE 70 HSE 100 Weight (kg) 7.15 7.75 8.05 8.10 8.10 10.70 7.15 7.75 Enclosure I I I I I II I I Type/Ordering code BAZ51-HSE 150 BAZ51-HSE 250 BAZ51-HSE 400 BAZ51-HME 80 BAZ51-HME 125 BAZ51-HME 175 BAZ51-HME 250 BAZ51-HME 400 Available lamp Power(W) HSE 150 HSE 250 HSE 400 HME 80 HME 125 HME 175 HME 250 HME 400 Weight (kg) 8.10 8.95 10.65 7.10 7.75 8.10 8.00 10.65 Enclosure I II II I I I I II

Note: The power factor is more than 0.85 while equipped with compensation capacitor.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/88
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Ballasts BAZ51 Series Explosion-proof Ballasts

Technical data Explosion-proof ballasts


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Exposed fastener Available lamp

BAZ51II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 LCIE 06 ATEX 6019; IECEx LCI 08. 0002 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Stainless steel High pressure sodium lamp (HSE): 70W, 100W, 150W, 250W, 400W High pressure mercury lamp (HME): 80W, 125W, 175W, 250W, 400W Metal halide lamp (HIE): 70W, 100W, 150W, 175W, 250W, 400W Note: HPI European standard ballast is available in general 220 240V AC 50Hz (60Hz is optional) Note: other voltage on request. M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 3 x M25 x 1.5 Plug for independent type 2 x M25 x 1.5 Plug for block type With seal gasket and plain washer at bottom entries DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Rated voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries

Cable gland (optional)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


411 411

Size (mm) Enclosure I II A 245 265 B 301 331 C 135 140 D 265 295 E 65 65 F 190 210 Enclosure I II A 240 250 B 301 331

Size (mm) C 135 140 D 265 295 E 65 65 F 190 210

Outline 1(For block mounting, for example: used for series BAD)

Outline 2(For independent mounting, for example: used for series BAT51-400)

Schematic diagram of light fittings and ballasts

Schematic diagram 1 (For HSE or HIE)

Schematic diagram 2 (For HME)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/89

Lighting Technology
Hand Lamps BSX-60 Series Explosion-proof Incandescent Hand Lamps
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Incandescent lamps: max. 60W Cable on request Handle in plastic, with control pushbutton Powder coated wire guard, white Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes Movable transformer on request (see the following diagram)

BSX-60 is with the schematic diagram of BCZY Explosion-proof movable switchboard

Note: For BCZY Explosion-proof movable switchboard, please refer to P3/46-47 of the catalogue

Zones 1&2
2/90
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Hand Lamps BSX Series Explosion-proof Incandescent Hand Lamps

Technical data Explosion-proof incandescent hand lamps


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 07 ATEX 6028; IECEx CQM 08.0015; BVC 10.0043 (Brazil) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-7: 2003 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 60079-7: 2001 Material Enclosure Handle Exposed fastener Wire guard Lamp Lamp holder Available lamp Rated voltage Protection class Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Available cable outer diameter Weight E27 Incandescent lamp: 25W, 40W, 60W Max. 230V II (Protection against electric shock) IP65 -20 +55 Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Plastic, black Stainless steel Powder coated carbon steel, white II 2 G Ex de IIC T4

BSX-60

3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 1 x M25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, plastic) 9 2.35kg 16 (mm)

Accessories
Picture Name Ordering code Weight (kg)

Wire guard

BSX101

0.35

Transparent cover with fixing-ring

BSX102

1.50

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

430

178

138

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/91

Lighting Technology
Hand lamps BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Safe and reliable Efficient and energy-saving:memory-free battery Intelligent control Water-proof and damage-proof Convenient and durable

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

104

70 152

BAD305
144

338

611

144

136.5

114

BAD309E

BAD502A

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/92
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Hand Lamps BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights

BAD305 Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights


Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Safe and reliable: the product with reliable explosion-proof perfo rmanc e, can safely and reliably work in various combustible areas, the battery is equipped with PTC thermistor and temperature fuse; double-protected circuit, safety performance enhanced. Effic ient and energy-saving: memory-free battery, with long service life, low auto-discharge rate, economic and environmental friendly, solid efficient LED lamp, low energy consumption and long service life. Water-pro of and damage-proof: the enclosure is made of i mported alloy with high strength, excellent strong impact resistant performance, unique sealing type, with very good water-proof performance. Anti-strong interference: scientific module driving circuit, strong performance of anti-shock and anti-electromagnetic interference. Heat resistant: LED radiator and battery are effectively isolated, which improves the stability of the light. Intelligent control: pulse dimming technology, strong light and working light can be changed at random, with battery detection indicator, which can detect the working condition at any time, intelligent charger is with protection circuit. Portable and flexible: small volume, light weigh, several types of handling like portable and on shoulder, meet different working requirement.

Technical data Portable Explosion-proof Searchlights BAD305


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Rated voltage Rated capacity Lamp(LED) Rated power Current of strong light Continuous working time Strong light Working light Charge time Service life of battery Degree of protection Weight 8h 16h 8h about 1000 times cycling IP66 790g 9W / 3W 900mA II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008 14.8V 2Ah Db IP66

Zones 1&2; 21&22


General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/93

Hand Lamps BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights

BAD309E Multi-functional Strong Explosion-proof Searchlights


Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Safe and reliable: the product with good explosion-proof performance and antistatic effect, can safely and reliably work in various combustible areas. Efficient and energy-saving: LED solid lamp, low energy consumption, high luminous efficacy, long service life, maintenance free and no subsequent usage cost, memory-free battery is recyclable, pollution-free. Water-proof and damage-proof: the light adopts whole-sealing craft, applicable in damp and severe atmosphere, special alloy enclosure makes sure the light can resist strong shock and impact. Intelligent control: the light is with two kinds of working modes: strong light and working light, switch is controlled by intelligent chip, the strong light and weak light can be changed at random, single-chip control; with battery display and special protection circuit, with protection function of anti-over charging, over discharging and short circuit, reliably protect the battery and prolong the service life. Convenien t and dura ble: uniqu e lamp cap ; lighting angle can be adjusted within the scope of -45--55, no lighting dead angle (lighting range of strong light: 800m, effective distance: 300m, suitable for long-distance searching and lighting in large area of close range), light weight, portable type, horizontal type, hang type, magnetic absorption, etc, convenient to use; the switch is with anti-incorrect operation function.

Technical data Multi-functional strong explosion-proof searchlights BAD309E


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Rated voltage Rated capacity Lamp(LED) Rated power Average service life Continuous working time Strong light Working light Charging time Service life of battery Degree of protection Weight 8h 18h 8h about 1000 times cycling IP65 1.9kg 9W / 3W 100000h II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-11: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-11: 2006, IEC60079-31: 2008 12V 4Ah Db IP65

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/94
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Hand Lamps BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights

BAD502A Explosion-proof Strong Working Lights


Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Safe and reliable: the product with good explosion-proof performance, can safely and reliably work in various combustible areas. Efficient and energy-saving: special gas discharging lamp; high luminous efficiency, luminous flux is 5 times of that of halogen lamp wit h the s ame power, illumination is 3 times of 100W halogen bulb, service life is 5-10 times of that of normal halog en lam p, wit h the s ame brightness, the power consumption is 15% of that of normal halogen lamp, good anti-shock effect, small heating value, safer and more reliable. Water-proof and damage-proof: the light adopts whole-sealing craft, can work normally when in water, special alloy enclosure makes sure the light can resist strong shock and impact. Economic and environmental friendly: the memory-free battery can be charged at any time, after charging fully and laid aside for a year, the reserve of electricity is not less than 80% when it is full, for two years, it is not less than 50%, low-voltage discharging protection circuit is set; reliably protect the battery and prolong the service life. Convenient and durable: unique lamp cap, lighting angle can be adjusted at random, there are wheels at the bottom, easy to move and work. Other performances: normally, floodlight is provided; spotlight is on request.

Technical data Explosion-proof strong working lights BAD502A


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Rated voltage Rated capacity Lamp Working voltage Rated power Luminous flux Average service life Continuous working time Charging time Service life of battery Degree of protection Weight
II 2 G Ex de IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-7: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 60079-31: 2008 24V 20Ah Xenon lamp 24V 35W 3200lm 3000h 10h 12h about 1000 times cycling IP65 15kg Db IP65

Zones 1&2; 21&22


General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/95

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52-20 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021). Lighting angle can be adjusted. Low-powe r halogen tungsten lamps, with reflector to increase lighting intensity. Emerge ncy device with NI-MH batteries , char gin g automatically; when power s upply is cut off, the emergency device starts to work; with over charge and over discharge protection. Toughened glass cover resistant to temperature changes.

Zones 1&2
2/96
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAJ52 Series Explosion-proof Emergency Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof emergency light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Available lamp Lamp power (W) Emergency time Rated luminous flux Battery Description Rated capacity Rated voltage Charge current Discharge current Charge time Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight Nl-MH battery 6Ah 6V 300mA 1000mA 24h IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 2 x G3/4 5.05kg +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) Plug 25. Halogen tungsten lamp (LED on request) 2 x 10W (LED lamp power: 2 x 1W) 90min Halogen tungsten lamp: 2 x 100lm (LED lamp: 2 x 90lm) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surfacce, yellow (RAL1021) Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz LCIE 07 ATEX 6086; IECEx CQM 08. 0001; BVC 10.0019 (Brazil) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 II 2 G Ex d IIB T4

BAJ52-20

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/97

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Lighting both in condition normaland emergency condition; When power supply is cut off, the emergency device starts to work; with over charge, over discharge protection and short circuit protection. With test pushbutton, convenient to check the emergency function. Press the test pushbutton, the light will switch into emergency condition. Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumptio n and long service life up to 50,000 hours; energy saving and environmental protection. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external

Catalogue number logic


BAYD -

surface, yellow (RAL 1021). Toughened glass sheet resistant to temperature changes.

Sign code: A G G: pendant pole type Mounting X: ceiling type B: wall type Explosion-proof emergency exit light fittings

Sign code type A-G

Type A

Type B

Type C

Type D

Type E

Type F

Type G

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/98
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAYD Series Explosion-proof Emergency Exit Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof emergency exit light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Power consumption Emergency time Battery Rated capacity Charge time Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland 1400mAh 24h M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) for wall type or ceiling type; 2 x M25 x 1.5 for pendant pole type Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow(RAL1021) Stainless steel 220 2W 180min 240V AC 50/60Hz LED lamp (working voltage DC 3.6V) LCIE 07 ATEX 6005X; IECEx LCI 08. 0012X; GOST.R (Russia) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 61241-0: 2004, IEC 61241-1: 2004 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BAYD-

1. For wall type and ceiling type, supplied with se al gasket and gland nut; Cab le g land on request. 2. For pendant pole type, supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box, (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQMII (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Available cable outer diameter Weight

10 6.40kg

14 (mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


28.5

BAYD-B

BAYD-X

BAYD-G

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/99

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Availab le for 35W or 50W ha logen tung sten lamp, with high ligh t efficiency and long service life. A or B mounting type is optional. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BAK51 / A: Type A B: Type B 240: 220~240V AC 12: 12V DC Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof tank inspection vessel light fittings

Mounting

Rated voltage (V)

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAK51-35/240A BAK51-35/240B BAK51-35/12A BAK51-35/12B 35W Halogen tungsten lamp Available lamp/power(W) Weight(kg) Type/Ordering code 2.15 2.15 2.00 2.00 BAK51-50/240A BAK51-50/240B BAK51-50/12A BAK51-50/12B 50W Halogen tungsten lamp Available lamp/power(W) Weight(kg) 2.15 2.15 2.00 2.00

Zones 1&2
2/100
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK51 Series Explosion-proof Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof tank inspection vessel light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Exposed fastener Lamp Available lamp Lamp holder Lamp power (W) Adaptable voltage Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Available cable outer diameter Halogen tungsten lamp GY6.35 35W, 50W 220 240V AC 50Hz DC 12V M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G3/4 The ligh t fittings are supplied with seal gasket and trumpet shaped gland; cable gla nd on request. 10 14 (mm) +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, impact resistance and high light transmission Stainless steel LCIE 06 ATEX 6020; IECEx LCI 08. 0007 EN 60079-0: 2004, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003 II 2 G Ex d IIB T3

BAK51-

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

126

126

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/101

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Applicable lamp and power LED lamps, energy-saving and long service life, 9W Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BAK85 /

265: 187 Rated voltage (V)

265V AC

24: 24V AC/DC 12: 12V AC/DC

Lamp power (W) Explosion-proof LED tank inspection vessel light fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BAK85-9/265 BAK85-9/24 BAK85-9/12 Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code 9 Lamp power (W) Rated voltage (V) 187 265V AC 50/60Hz 24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC in the table with mounting accessories. 2.20 Weight (kg)

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/102
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BAK85 Series Explosion-proof LED Tank Inspection Vessel Light Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof LED tank inspection vessel light fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BAK85-

DNV 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

Material Enclosure Glass cover Power controller Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Wide voltage input, CC-CV (constant current - constant voltage) output, power factor 0.98, with protection against circuit and anti-electromagnetic interference, etc. Exposed fastener Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Rated voltage CREE plural white LED modules 9W 187 265V AC 50/60Hz Stainless steel

24V AC/DC 12V AC/DC Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland Applicable cable outer diameter M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 G3/4 +55 4mm2 (L+N+PE) (NPT3/4 or M25 x 1.5 with reducer on request).

Supplied with seal gasket and gland nut 10~ 14 (mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

2-

10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/103

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81- E Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultr a-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and l ong s ervic e life up to 50,000 hours; energy saving and environmental protection. Integrated chip control with various circuit protection; synchronous function of light fittings through signal lines. Enclosure i n copper-f ree aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BSZD81 - E

T: Wireless synchronous (optional) Lamp: LED (low luminous intensity) Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings

Zones 1&2
2/104
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Bulb colour Max. luminous intensity value Flash frequency Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight LED 10W (continuous work) Red 200cd 20 IP65 -20 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19. 10kg 60 (times/min) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact. Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz Nemko 08 ATEX 1096; IECEx CQM 11.0026 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-7: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006 II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Ex de IIC T6 Gb

BSZD81-E

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

250

Lamp 1

Lamp 2

Lamp 3

245

Power supply 220 4- 14EQS 220 240V AC 50/60Hz

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/105

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81-C Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption an d lon g service life up to 30,000 hours; ener gy s aving and environmental protection. Integrated chip control with various circuit protection; synchronous function of light fittings through signal lines. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BSZD81 - C

T: Wireless synchronous (optional) Lamp: LED (medium luminous intensity) Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings

Zones 1&2
2/106
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BSZD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Glass cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Bulb colour Max. luminous intensity value Flash frequency Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Weight LED 40W (continuous work) Red 2000cd 20 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 19. 60 (times/min) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz PCEC (China) IEC 60079-0: 2004, IEC 60079-1: 2003, IEC 60079-7: 2001 II 2 G Ex de IIC T6

BSZD81-C

4 x M25 x 1.5 Plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 13.8kg

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

308

Lamp 1

Lamp 2

Lamp 3

260 Power supply 414EQS 220 240V AC 50/60Hz

220

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/107

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and long service life. Enclosure in copper-fr ee alumini um, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BBJ R: red Lamp colour B: blue Y: yellow G: green Mounting G: pendant pole type Z: horizontal type Explosion-proof audio and visual caution spotlight fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BBJ-ZR BBJ-ZB BBJ-ZY BBJ-ZG BBJ-GR BBJ-GB BBJ-GY BBJ-GG Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight (kg) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2
2/108
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof audio and visual caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp colour Flash frequency Sound intensity Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland LED 2W Red, blue, yellow, green 150 (times/min) 100 IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) for horizontal type; 2 x M25 x 1.5 for pendant pole type 120 dB (R=1m) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, impact resistance, high light transmission. Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz Nemko 08 ATEX 1095; IECEx CQM 11.0023; BVC 10.0031 (Brazil) EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004, EN 60079-11: 2007 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-11: 2006 II 2 G Ex d [ib] ib IIC T6 Ex d [ib] ib IIC T6 Gb

BBJ-

1. For horizontal type: supplied with seal gasket and gland nut. 2. For pendant pole type: supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. 10 14 (mm)

Available cable outer diameter Note

The light fittings are supplied with mounting accessories.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


2- 8.5

177

2- 9

BBJ-Z

BBJ-G

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/109

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power c onsumption and long service life. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BJD R: red B: blue Lamp colour Y: yellow G: green Mounting G: pendant pole type Z: horizontal type Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BJD-ZR BJD-ZB BJD-ZY BJD-ZG BJD-GR BJD-GB BJD-GY BJD-GG Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2
2/110
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp colour Flash frequency Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland LED 3W Red, blue, yellow, green 150 (times/min) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP65 -20 3 x 1.5 1 x G3/4 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) for horizontal type; 2 x M25 x 1.5 for pendant pole type Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, impact resistance, high light transmission. Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz Nemko 08 ATEX 1091; IECEx CQM 11.0025 EN 60079-0: 2006, EN 60079-1: 2004 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Ex d IIC T6 Gb

BJD-

1. For horizontal type: supplied with seal gasket and gland nut. 2. For pendant pole type: supplied with BHD51-F explosion-proof junction box (copper-free aluminium); M25 x 1.5 plug or Ex d cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Available cable outer diameter Note

10

14 (mm)

The light fittings are supplied with mounting accessories.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


28.5

177

2- 9

BJD-Z

BJD-G

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/111

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power c onsumption and long service life. Four lamp colours: red, blue, yellow, green. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BBJ81 R: red B: blue Lamp colour Y: yellow G: green Explosion-proof audio and visual caution spotlight fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BBJ81-R BBJ81-B BBJ81-Y BBJ81-G Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/112
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BBJ81 Series Explosion-proof Audio and Visual Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof audio and visual caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d ib IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BBJ81-

LCIE 11 ATEX 3111X; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-11: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-11: 2006, IEC 60079-31: 2008

Material Enclosure Transparent cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp colour Flash frequency Sound intensity Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) LED 5W Red, blue, yellow, green 150 (times/min) 100 120dB (R=1m) Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz; 24V DC/AC

M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 3 x 1.5 +55 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE)

4 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

146

4116

11EQS

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/113

Lighting Technology
Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ultra-bright LED lamp, low power consumption and long service life. Lamp colour: red, blue, yellow, green. Enclosure in copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021).

Catalogue number logic


BJD81 R: red B: blue Lamp colour Y: yellow G: green Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BJD81-R BJD81-B BJD81-Y BJD81-G Note: The product is supplied according to Type/Ordering code Weight(kg) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 in the table with mounting accessories.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


2/114
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Local, Caution Spotlight Fittings BJD81 Series Explosion-proof Caution Spotlight Fittings

Technical data Explosion-proof caution spotlight fittings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Transparent cover Exposed fastener Rated voltage Lamp Lamp specification Lamp power (W) Lamp colour Flash frequency Earthing protection Degree of protection Ambient temperature Terminal Cable entries Cable gland (optional) LED 3W Red, blue, yellow, green 150 (times/min) M5 (internal & external earth bolts) IP66 -40 +55 3 x 1.5 2.5mm2 (L+N+PE) 4 x M25 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface, yellow (RAL1021) Toughened glass, stands 4J impact Stainless steel 220 240V AC 50/60Hz; 24V DC/AC II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 LCIE 11 ATEX 3109X; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-31: 2008

BJD81-

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

146

4116

11 EQS

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

2/115

Installation Equipments

3/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Installation Equipments

Contents
Installation Switches BZM Series Explosion-proof Illumination Switches (Ex d IIC) BZZ51 Series Explosion-proof Conversion Switches (Ex de IIB) Junction Boxes BHD51 Series Explosion-proof Junction Boxes (Ex d IIC) Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex d IIB) BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex d IIC) BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e) BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e) BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes (Ex e) Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex d IIC) BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex de IIB) BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets (Ex de IIC) BCZY Explosion-proof Movable Switchboards 3/28 3/34 3/38 3/46 3/9 3/12 3/14 3/18 3/24 3/6 3/2 3/4

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our webs ite for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensi ons, de signs and products available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/1

Installation Equipments
Installation Switches BZM Series Explosion-proof Illumination Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Two options: -On-off switch -Changeover switch

Catalogue number logic


BZM -

Switch type (B: on-off switch D: changeover switch) Rated current (A) Explosion-proof illumination switches

Selection table
Type/Ordering code Chart of contact Corresponding switch Weight (kg)

BZM-16B

0.85

BZM-25B

0.95

BZM-16D

0.85

BZM-25D

0.95

Zones 1&2
3/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Installation Switches BZM Series Explosion-proof Illumination Switches

Technical data Explosion-proof illumination switches


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BZM-

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 LCIE 06 ATEX 6068; IECEx LCI 08. 0008; FM (USA) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Switch function Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable connection Cable entries

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) On-off switch or changeover switch Stainless steel Max. 250V AC 16A, 25A IP65 -20 3 x (2.5 +55 4)mm2

Standard 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 2 x G3/4 plug or 2 x NPT3/4 plug on request 25.

Cable gland(optional)

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

Spare parts
Built-in switch Rated voltage/current Ordering code Weight (kg)

250V/16A

30001

0.10

250V/25A

30002

0.20

250V/16A

30003

0.10

250V/25A

30004

0.20

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/3

Installation Equipments
Installation Switches BZZ51 Series Explosion-proof Conversion Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available current rating 10A or 25A. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. One gear per 90 , loop operation.

Catalogue number logic


BZZ 51 -

Rated current (A) Design No. Explosion-proof conversion switches

Selection table
Type/Ordering code Chart of contact Corresponding switch Weight (kg)

BZZ51-10

1.50

BZZ51-25

2.70

Spare parts
Built-in switch Rated voltage/current Ordering code Weight (kg)

415V/10A

30005

0.15

415V/25A

30006

0.40

Zones 1&2
3/4
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Installation Switches BZZ51 Series Explosion-proof Conversion Switches

Technical data Explosion-proof conversion switches


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BZZ51-10, BZZ51-25

II 2 G Ex de IIB T6 LCIE 06 ATEX 6021; IECEx LCI 08. 0006 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Switch Pole number Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Low-power on-off switch 3 Poles Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A, 25A BZZ51-10 AC 3, AC 23 Ue 230~ 380~ 415~ P 3.0kW 5.0kW 5.0kW BZZ51-25 AC 3, AC 23 P 5.0kW 8.0kW 8.0kW

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable connection Cable entries

IP54 (IP65 with canopy) -20 4 x (1.5 +55 2.5)mm2 (10A), 4 x (4 6)mm2 (25A) (with reducer) on req uest on request

BZZ51-10: Standard 2 x G3/4 plug; M25 x 1.5 or NPT3/4 BZZ51-25: Standard 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug; G1 or NPT1 19.

Cable gland(optional)

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BZZ51-10

BZZ51-25

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/5

Installation Equipments
Junction Boxes BHD51 Series Explosion-proof Junction Boxes
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Six types: A, B, C, D, E, F. Type A, B, C, D , E in copper-free aluminium only; Type F in copper-free aluminium or cast iron.

Catalogue number logic


BHD51 / /

T: cast iron (only for Type F) Thread (M, G, NPT) Outline code (A, B, C, D, E, F) Explosion-proof junction boxes

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BHD51-A/M20 x 1.5 Type A BHD51-A/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-B/M20 x 1.5 Type B BHD51-B/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-C/M20 x 1.5 Type C BHD51-C/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-D/M20 x 1.5 Type D BHD51-D/M25 x 1.5 BHD51-E/M20 x 1.5 Type E BHD51-E/M25 x 1.5 Copper-free aluminium BHD51-F/M25 x 1.5 Type F Cast iron 2.10 0.80 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 Schematic diagram Weight (kg)

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/6
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Junction Boxes BHD51 Series Explosion-proof Junction Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof junction boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated current Rated voltage Terminal data Number Cable cross section Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland(optional) Main application 6 terminals (Type A-E), 4 terminals (Type F) 0.2 IP66 -60 G +55 x 1.5 plug plug on request 25. plug or NPT Standard M 2.5mm2 II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 05.B03637(Russia); FM(USA)

BHD51-

/ /

LCIE 11 ATEX 3005; IECEx CQM 11.0022X; POCC CN.

EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 Copper-free aluminium or cast iron; powder coated external surface Yellow (RAL1021) Stainless steel 20A Max. 500V AC

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Type A-E are used for wiring or branching;

Type F is used as accessory for pendant pole type or ceiling type light fittings.

Terminals
Description Illustration Number Ordering code Weight (kg) Note

For Type Terminal 6 30008 0.10 A, B, C, D, E

Terminal block

30009

0.10

For Type F

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Copper-free aluminium
View A

Cast iron
View A 9

Type A, B, C, D, E Application instruction:

Type F

1. Type F (copper-free aluminium) is used as mounting accessory for light fittings BAD61-125, BAD81, BAD, BDD81, BAD85 etc. 2. Type F (cast iron) is used as mounting accessory for light fittings BAD61-250, BAD61-400, etc.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/7

Installation Equipments
Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Three explosion-proof types (Ex e, Ex d IIB and Ex d IIC). Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Size and direction of cable entries can be customized on request.

Ex d IIB

Catalogue number logic


BXJ -

Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III......) Explosion-proof type (e, IIB, IIC) Explosion-proof terminal boxes

Ex d IIC

Ex e

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-IIB Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof terminal boxes(Ex d IIB)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Terminal Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Note II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb II 1 D Ex t IIIB T80 Da IP66 05.B03637(Russia) Ex d IIB T6

BXJ-IIB-

LCIE 11 ATEX 3013; IECEx LCI 08. 0003; POCC CN. EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007; EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP66 -60 +55 Rated current > 400A on request 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A

35mm2 125A

70mm2 240mm2 192A 400A

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries with cable glands DQM-II I II IIb III IIIb IV IV b

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 8 7 3 2 2 2 V

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2 Vb

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 12 10 6 4 3 3 VI

A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2

C/D 12 11 9 4 3 3 VIb

A/B 16 12 9 5 4 2

C/D 20 15 12 6 5 3

A/B 12 11 9 4 3 3 VII

C/D 16 14 12 5 4 3

A/B 22 15 12 6 5 3 VIIb

C/D 30 20 16 9 7 5

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 14 12 10 4 4 3

C/D 21 19 15 7 5 5

A/B 24 18 14 8 5 4

C/D 40 27 21 12 9 7

A/B 19 16 13 7 6 3

C/D 33 28 22 13 11 5

A/B 30 20 18 11 6 5

C/D 50 36 30 18 10 9

A/B 28 25 21 11 10 4

C/D 41 35 29 16 13 6

A/B 45 30 25 15 12 7

C/D 65 44 36 21 12 10

Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/9

Terminal Boxes BXJ-IIB Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ-IIB series explosion-proof terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 35mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) Weight (kg)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 6EN SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN

16

15

12

10

7.50

II

22

18

14

12

10

9.00

IIb

28

25

20

15

12

10.00

16.00 (III) 32 30 24 20 16 8 19.80 (IIIb) III, IIIb 16.50 (III) 50 46 40 20.50 (IIIb)

25.50 (IV) 45 40 34 28 24 16 30.00 (IVb) IV,IVb 26.30 (IV) 80 70 60 40 31.00 (IVb)

3/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-IIB Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ-IIB series explosion-proof terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 240mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) SAK 6EN 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) 70 (g) 240 (h) Weight (kg) 38.00 (V) 60 56 48 36 30 20 43.00 (Vb) V ,Vb 39.00 (V) 110 100 90 70 56 44.00 (Vb)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN SAK 70EN ST4000LM12

50.00 (VI) 80 70 60 50 35 20 10 6

56.50 (VIb)
VI,VIb 51.50 (VI) 160 140 120 100 70 58.00 (VIb)

80.00 (VII) 90 80 70 60 40 25 15 9 88.50 (VIIb) VII,VIIb 82.00 (VII) 180 160 140 120 80 91.50 (VIIb)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/11

Terminal Boxes BXJ-IIC Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof terminal boxes (Ex d IIC)


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BXJ- IICEx d IIC T6 Gb

II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

Nemko 09 ATEX 1012; IECEx CQM 11.0027; GOST.R (Russia); EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Terminal

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II

Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current

Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Note

IP65 -20 +55

Rated current > 125A on request

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries with cable glands DQM-II I II III IV V VI

Size M20 1.5 M25 1.5 M32 1.5 M40 1.5 M50 1.5 M63 1.5

A/B 3 3 2 2 / /

C/D 3 3 2 2 / /

A/B 4 4 3 3 / /

C/D 4 4 3 3 / /

A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2

C/D 10 9 7 3 3 2

A/B 11 10 8 4 3 2

C/D 11 10 8 4 3 2

A/B 15 13 11 5 4 3

C/D 15 13 11 5 4 3

A/B 17 15 12 5 5 4

C/D 17 15 12 5 5 4

Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

25.

3/12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-IIC Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ-IIC series explosion-proof terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 35mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) Weight (kg)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 6EN SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN

10

3.50

II

20

18

15

12

10

6.50

III

25

24

20

15

12

12.00

32

30

25

18

14

10

15.00

IV

44

40

32

22

15.50

48

44

38

30

20

12

21.00

72

60

50

40

21.50

55

50

40

34

26

15

24.00

VI

90

80

60

50

24.50

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/13

Terminal Boxes BXJ-e Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof terminal boxes (Ex e)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex e IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP65

BXJ-e-

LCIE 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; GOST.R (Russia); PCEC(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Terminal

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: II 2 GD Ex e II

Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current

Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Note

IP65 -60 +55

Rated current >125A on request

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries with cable glands DQM-I I II III IV V VI VII VIII

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 2 2 1 1 / /

C/D 3 3 2 2 / /

A/B 4 3 2 2 / /

C/D 4 3 2 2 / /

A/B 4 3 2 2 / /

C/D 6 4 3 3 / /

A/B 6 4 3 3 / /

C/D 6 4 3 3 / /

A/B 6 5 3 2 / /

C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2

A/B 10 9 4 3 3 2

C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2

A/B 8 7 4 2 2 2

C/D 12 10 6 3 3 3

A/B 12 10 6 3 3 3

C/D 18 16 10 5 5 4

Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19.

3/14

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-e Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ-e series explosion-proof terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 35mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) Weight (kg)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 6EN SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN

16

15

12

10

2.40

II

16

15

12

10

2.80

III

25

22

20

15

12

3.80

IV

25

22

20

15

12

5.10

35

30

25

20

15

5.80

35

30

25

20

15

10

7.10

VI 60 50 40 7.50

40

35

30

24

18

12

7.00

VII 40 40 30 7.00

60

55

40

30

20

15

9.50

VIII 100 90 66 60 40 9.70

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/15

Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration BXJ- IIB-

Type I

Type II

Type IIb

Type III,IIIb

Type IV,IVb

Type V,Vb

Type VI,VIb

Type VII,VIIb

3/16

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration BXJ- IIC-

Type I

Type II

Type III

Type IV

Type V

Type VI

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration BXJ- e-

Type I

Type II

Type III

Type IV

Type V

Type VI

Type VII

Type VIII

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/17

Installation Equipments
Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) enclosure Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals

Catalogue number logic


BXJ8050 -

Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III...A, B, C...) Explosion-proof terminal boxes (GRP)

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/18
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof terminal boxes (Ex e)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards PTB 06 ATEX 1013; IECEx CQM 07.0013; BR229793-X (Brazil) PCEC (China) EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Terminal GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current II 2 GD Ex e II II 2 G Ex e II T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BXJ8050-

Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP65 -20 +55 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Note

Rated current > 125A on request

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries with cable glands DQM-I I II III IV V VI VII

Size M16 M20 M25 M32 M40 M50 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

A/B 4 2 2 / / /

C/D 4 2 2 / / /

A/B 6 5 2 2 1 /

C/D 10 8 4 3 2 /

A/B 10 8 6 2 2 /

C/D 12 8 6 2 2 /

A/B 12 10 6 3 2 2

C/D 18 12 10 5 4 3

A/B 18 12 10 5 4 3

C/D 18 12 10 5 2 /

A/B 7 4 3 2 1 /

C/D 12 8 4 3 2 /

A/B 18 12 10 5 4 3

C/D 36 24 18 8 6 6

Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/19

Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ8050 series explosion-proof terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 35mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) Weight (kg)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 6EN SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN

12

10

0.80

130

II

25

22

18

1.30

III

30

28

22

18

15

2.10

IV

44

40

32

25

20

3.25

88

80

60

50

40

14

4.15

VI

25

22

18

14

2.00

VII

180

160

130

100

80

30

8.40

3/20

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Type I

Type II

Type III

Type IV

Type V

Type VI

Type VII

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/21

Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Technical data Explosion-proof terminal boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Enclosure material Terminal Cable cross section Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries

BXJ8050-20/6
II 2 G Ex e II T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 PTB 06 ATEX 1013; IECEx CQM 07.0013; BR229793-X (Brazil) PCEC (China) EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) 6 stud terminals 0.2 4mm2 Stainless steel Max. 500V AC 20A IP65 -20 +55 Standard; see Selection Table

Terminals
Description Illustration Max. Current Ordering code Weight (kg)

Stud terminal

20A

30010

0.15

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

3/22

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ8050 Series Explosion-proof Terminal Boxes

Selection table
Type/Ordering code BXJ8050-20/6A Schematic diagram Type A Cable gland 1 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) Weight (kg) 0.65

BXJ8050-20/6B

Type B

2 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 1 stopping rod 3 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 2 stopping rods 4 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 3 stopping rods 2 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 1 stopping rod 4 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 3 stopping rods 5 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 4 stopping rods 6 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 5 stopping rods 7 x M25 x 1.5 DQM-I (plastic) 6 stopping rods

0.70

BXJ8050-20/6C

Type C

0.70

BXJ8050-20/6D

Type D

0.75

BXJ8050-20/6E

Type E

0.70

BXJ8050-20/6F

Type F

0.75

BXJ8050-20/6G

Type G

0.75

BXJ8050-20/6H

Type H

0.75

BXJ8050-20/6I

Type I

0.80

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/23

Installation Equipments
Terminal boxes BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Stainless steel enclosure Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals

Catalogue number logic


BXJ-S -

Internal terminal type (a......f) Enclosure type (I, II, III......) Increased safety terminal boxes (stainless steel)

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/24
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes

Technical data Increased safety terminal boxes (Ex e)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 10 ATEX 3071X; IECEx CQM 11.0020X; POCC CN. PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Terminal Stainless steel Weidmuller SAK EN series Ex-mark: Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current II 2 GD Ex e II 05. B03637(Russia);FM (USA) II 2 G Ex e II T6 or T5 Gb Ex tD A21 T80 IP66

BXJ-S-

Stainless steel Max. 500V AC Cross section Rated current IP66 -40 -40 +50 +40 : T5 : T6 2.5mm2 24A 4mm2 32A 6mm2 41A 10mm2 57A 16mm2 76A 35mm2 125A

Degree of protection Ambient temperature

Note

Rated current > 125A on request

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries with cable glands DQM-I I II III IV V VI VII

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 2 1 / / / /

C/D 2 1 / / / /

A/B 3 3 2 / / /

C/D 4 3 3 / / /

A/B 9 8 6 3 2 2

C/D 9 8 6 3 2 2

A/B 12 10 8 4 3 2

C/D 12 10 8 4 3 2

A/B 20 18 12 6 5 4

C/D 20 18 12 6 5 4

A/B 20 18 12 6 5 5

C/D 28 24 16 14 12 5

A/B 40 26 14 10 8 5

C/D 54 40 26 20 9 7

Note: 1. No cable entries for standard design. Cable entries shall be drilled by user. 2. For cable entries: 1) Please specify the direction and size of each cable entry. 2) Cable gland is optional, DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17

19.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/25

Terminal Boxes BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes

Selection table of BXJ-S series increased safety terminal boxes


Max. cross section of cable connected to terminals is 35mm2 See table for max. number of fitted terminals Cable size (mm2) Enclosure code/Ordering code Outline 2.5 (a) 4 (b) 6 (c) 10 (d) 16 (e) 35 (f) Weight (kg)

SAK 2.5EN SAK 4EN

SAK 6EN SAK 10EN SAK 16EN SAK 35EN

10

2.25

II

15

12

10

3.60

III

25

22

18

15

12

7.40

IV

30

28

25

20

14

10

8.70

60

55

45

35

30

20

18.60

120

110

90

70

60

18.60

VI

160

140

100

80

70

50

25.70

VII

300

270

240

165

135

72

40.10

3/26

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Terminal Boxes BXJ-S Series Increased Safety Terminal Boxes

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Type I

Type II

Type III

Type IV

Type V

Type VI

Type VII

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/27

Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Socke ts
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Four enclosure types; Four current ratings (16A, 32A, 63A, 125A); 3P, 4P or 5P. Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.

Catalogue number logic


BCZ 85 / / / Z: Socket T: Plug 3P (2P+PE) Pole number 4P (3P+PE) 5P (3P+N+PE) 130: 100~130; 57/100~75/130 250: 200~250; 120/208~144/250 Rated voltage (V) 415: 380~415; 200/346~240/415 500: 480~500; 277/480~288/500 690: 600~690; 347/600~400/690 Rated current (A) Design No. Explosion-proof plug and sockets

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/28
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Selection table
Type BCZ85-16/ / Current (A) Voltage (V) 100~130 2P+PE 200~250 100~130 200~250 380~415 16 480~500 600~690 57/100~75/130 120/208~144/250 200/346~240/415 277/480~288/500 347/600~400/690 BCZ85-32/ / 200~250 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 32 600~690 120/208~144/250 200/346~240/415 3P+N+PE 277/480~288/500 347/600~400/690 BCZ85-63/ / 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 63 600~690 120/208~144/250 3P+N+PE 200/346~240/415 BCZ85-125/ / 200~250 380~415 3P+PE 480~500 125 600~690 120/208~144/250 3P+N+PE 200/346~240/415 6 Red 30179 20.0 5 9 Black Blue 30177 30178 20.0 20.0 7 Black 30176 20.0 6 9 6 Red Blue Red 30173 30174 30175 4.50 20.0 20.0 5 9 Black Blue 30171 30172 4.50 4.50 7 Black 30170 4.50 7 5 9 6 Black Black Blue Red 30166 30167 30168 30169 3.40 3.40 4.50 4.50 7 5 9 6 Black Black Blue Red 30162 30163 30164 30165 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40 2P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 6 4 9 6 7 5 4 9 6 7 5 6 9 6 Blue Yellow Blue Red Black Black Yellow Blue Red Black Black Blue Blue Red 30148 30149 30150 30151 30152 30153 30154 30155 30156 30157 30158 30159 30160 30161 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 2.60 3.40 3.40 3.40 Pole number Schematic diagram h 4 Colour Yellow Ordering Weight (kg) code 30147 2.60

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/29

Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)

BCZ85-16/ /
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 16A 3P (2P+PE), 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55 2 x M25 x 1.5(3P/4P), 2 x M32 x 1.5(5P) 1 x M25 x 1.5(3P/4P) , 1 x M32 x 1.5(5P) DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


M84 1.5

Flameproof Thread
165 155 80 65 7

79 Flameproof Enclosure M98 1.5 Flameproof Thread 261

210

105

308

Socket

Plug

163

Plug and Sockets

BCZ85-16/ /3P BCZ85-16/ /4P

192
180 75 9

94 Flameproof Enclosure

250

140

183

290

350

Socket

Plug

Install on the flameproof enclosure

Plug and Sockets

BCZ85-16/ /5P

3/30

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

170

152

Install on the flameproof enclosure

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BCZ85-32/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 32A 3P (2P+PE), 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55

2 x M32 x 1.5 1 x M32 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

M98 1.5 Flameproof Thread

192
180 75 9

94 Flameproof Enclosure

250

140

183

290

350

Socket

Plug

Install on the flameproof enclosure

Plug and Sockets BCZ85-32/ /

170

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/31

Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BCZ85-63/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 63A 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55

2 x M40 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

240

213

186 85 106 13 180

505

325

Socket

Plug

Plug and Sockets BCZ85-63/ /

3/32

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

250

Plug and Sockets BCZ85 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BCZ85-125/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; FM (USA); GOST.R (Russia); IECEx; CQST(China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional)

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 690V AC 125A 4P (3P+PE), 5P (3P+N+PE) IP66 -60 +55

1 x M63 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

330 290 270 13 240

350 675

300

BCZ85-125/

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/33

Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2 enclosure types; 4 curren t ratings (16A,32A,63A,100A); 3P or 5P. Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. Canopy is recommended for outdoor use. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.

Catalogue number logic


BCZ 54 / / 3P (2P+PE or 1P+N+PE) Pole number 5P (3P+N+PE) 415: 380~415 250: 200~250 Rated voltage (V) 130: 100~130 36: 36 24: 24 Rated current (A) Design No. Explosion-proof plug and sockets

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/34
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Selection table
Type Voltage (V) Pole number Schematic diagram Ordering code Weight (kg)

BCZ54-16/

380~415

3P+N+PE

30011

3.25

200~250

1P+N+PE

30012

3.10

100~130

1P+N+PE

30013

3.10

36

2P+PE

30014

3.10

24

2P+PE

30015

3.10

BCZ54-32/

380~415

3P+N+PE

30016

3.35

200~250

1P+N+PE

30017

3.20

100~130

1P+N+PE

30018

3.20

36

2P+PE

30019

3.20

24

2P+PE

30020

3.20

BCZ54-63/

380~415

3P+N+PE

30021

30.30

BCZ54-100/

380~415

3P+N+PE

30022

30.30

Note: Plug and sockets are supplied as one complete set when ordering according to the above ordering code.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/35

Plug and Sockets BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection
1)

BCZ54-16/ / , BCZ54-32/
II 2 G Ex de IIB T 1) Gb BCZ54-16/ / : T6; BCZ54-32/ / : T5

Certificates For gas explosion protection Conformity to standards Nemko 09 ATEX 1013; IECEx CQM 11.0039 EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity Application Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 16A, 32A Ie(A) 16 16 16 16 16 Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional) Available cable outer diameter Cable connection AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 200, 230, 250 100, 120, 130 36 24 P(kW) 7.5 4.0 2.0 1.0 0.5 Ie(A) 32 32 32 32 32 AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 200, 230, 250 100, 120, 130 36 24 P(kW) 15 7.5 4 1.5 1.0

IP54 (IP65 with canopy) -20 +55 plug plug 25.

Standard 1 x G1

Standard 1 x G1 1/4

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 12 19 (mm) 4) mm2 or 5 x (2.5 6) mm2 or 5 x (4 4) mm2

16A: 3 x (2.5 32A: 3 x (4

6) mm2

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

60

Socket

Plug

Plug and Sockets

BCZ54-16/

BCZ54-32/

3/36

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ54 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 Gb II 2 D Ex tD A21 T130 IP65 Ex d IIB T4 Gb Ex t IIIB T130 Db IP65

BCZ54-63/ / , BCZ54-100/

Nemko 11 ATEX 1011; IECEx CQM 11.0024 EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Switch capacity Application

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 63A, 100A AC 3 Ie(A) 63 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 P(kW) 30 Ie(A) 100 AC 3 Ue(V) 380, 400, 415 P(kW) 37

Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entry of socket Cable entry of plug Cable gland (optional) Available cable outer diameter Cable connection

IP65 -20 +55 plug plug 25.

Standard 1 x G2 Standard 1 x G2

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25 35 (mm) 16)mm2 25)mm2

63A: 5 x (10 100A: 5 x (16

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

385

105

Plug and Sockets

14

Socket

Plug

BCZ54-63/ /

BCZ54-100/ /

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/37

Installation Equipments
Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2P, 3P, 4P and 5P Plug can only be pulled out when switch is off; turn on the power after inserting the plug. GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin)

Catalogue number logic


BCZ 8060 / / / Z: Socket T: Plug L: Coupler 2P 3P (2P+PE or 1P+N+PE) Pole number 4P (3P+PE) 5P (3P+N+PE) 690: 600~690 500: 480~500 415: 380~415 Rated voltage (V) 250: 200~250 130: 100~130 36: 36 24:24 Rated current (A) Design No. Explosion-proof plug and sockets

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/38
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Selection table
Type BCZ8060-16/ / Voltage (V) 600 480 690 500 Current (A) 16 16 16 380 415 16 16 200 250 16 16 100 130 16 16 36 16 16 24 16 BCZ8060-32/ / 600 480 690 500 32 32 32 380 415 32 32 200 250 32 BCZ806063/ / 63 380 415 63 200 BCZ8060-125/ / 600 480 250 690 500 63 125 125 125 380 415 125 125 200 250 125 3P+PE 9 30073 16.00 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 30071 30072 16.00 16.00 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE / / / / 5 7 6 30066 30067 30068 30069 30070 14.90 14.90 16.00 16.00 16.00 3P+PE 3P+N+PE / 9 / 30064 30065 2.85 14.90 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 30062 30063 2.85 2.85 2P 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 5 7 6 30058 30059 30060 30061 1.80 2.85 2.85 2.85 2P 2P+PE 12 30056 30057 1.80 1.80 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 1P+N+PE 2P+PE 6 6 9 6 4 12 30050 30051 30052 30053 30054 30055 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.80 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Ordering code 30047 30048 30049 Weight (kg) 1.85 1.85 1.85

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/39

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BCZ8060-16/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage

GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 600V~690V, 480V~500V, 380V~415V, 200V~250V, 100V~130V DC 36V, 24V

Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)

16A IP66 -20 ~+55 Standard 1 x G3/4 cable gland, 1 x G3/4 plug

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.

Accessories and spare parts


Type 16A Coupler Voltage (V) 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 Current (A) 16 16 16 380 ~ 415 16 16 200 ~ 250 16 16 100 ~ 130 16 16 36 16 16 24 16 2P Purple 30109 1.25 2P 2P+PE 12 Purple Purple 30107 30108 1.25 1.25 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 1P+N+PE 2P+PE 6 6 9 6 4 12 Red Blue Blue Blue Yellow Purple 30101 30102 30103 30104 30105 30106 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.25 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Colour Black Black Red Ordering Code 30098 30099 30100 Weight (kg) 1.30 1.30 1.30

3/40

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Accessories and spare parts


Type 16A Socket Voltage (V) 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 Current (A) 16 16 16 380 ~ 415 16 16 200 ~ 250 16 16 100 ~ 130 16 16 36 16 16 24 16 16A Plug 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 16 16 16 380 ~ 415 16 16 200 ~ 250 16 16 100 ~ 130 16 16 36 16 16 24 16 2P Purple 30097 0.35 2P 2P+PE 12 Purple Purple 30095 30096 0.35 0.35 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 1P+N+PE 2P+PE 6 6 9 6 4 12 Red Blue Blue Blue Yellow Purple 30089 30090 30091 30092 30093 30094 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 2P 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 5 7 6 Purple Black Black Red 30085 30086 30087 30088 1.45 0.35 0.35 0.35 2P 2P+PE 12 Purple Purple 30083 30084 1.45 1.45 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 1P+N+PE 2P+PE 6 6 9 6 4 12 Red Blue Blue Blue Yellow Purple 30077 30078 30079 30080 30081 30082 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.45 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Colour Black Black Red Ordering Code 30074 30075 30076 Weight (kg) 1.50 1.50 1.50

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/41

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66 Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 600V~690V, 480V~500V, 380V~415V, 200V~250V 32A IP66 -20 ~+55 Standard 1 x M40 x 1.5 cable gland, 1 x M40 x 1.5 plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.

BCZ8060-32/ /

Accessories and spare parts


Type 32A Socket Voltage (V) 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 Current (A) 32 32 32 380 ~ 415 32 32 200 ~ 250 32 32A Plug 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 32 32 32 380 ~ 415 32 32 200 ~ 250 32 32A Coupler 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 32 32 32 380 ~ 415 32 32 200 ~ 250 32 3P+PE 9 Blue 30127 1.75 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 Red Blue 30125 30126 1.75 1.75 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 9 5 7 6 Blue Black Black Red 30121 30122 30123 30124 0.95 1.75 1.75 1.75 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 Red Blue 30119 30120 0.95 0.95 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 9 5 7 6 Blue Black Black Red 30115 30116 30117 30118 1.90 0.95 0.95 0.95 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 Red Blue 30113 30114 1.90 1.90 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Colour Black Black Red Ordering Code 30110 30111 30112 Weight (kg) 1.90 1.90 1.90

3/42

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66

BCZ8060-63/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)

GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 380V~415V, 200V 250V 63A IP66 -20 ~+55 cable gland Standard 1 x G1 1/2

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.

Accessories and spare parts


Type 63A Socket 380 ~ 415 63 200 ~ 250 63A Plug 380 ~ 415 63 200 ~ 250 63 3P+PE 1P+N+PE / / Red Blue 30132 30133 2.15 2.15 63 63 3P+PE 1P+N+PE 3P+N+PE / / / Red Blue Red 30129 30130 30131 12.75 12.75 2.15 Voltage (V) Current (A) 63 Pole number 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram / Colour Red Ordering Code 30128 Weight (kg) 12.75

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/43

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof Plug and Sockets

Technical data Explosion-proof plug and sockets


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T4 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T130 Db IP66

BCZ8060-125/ /

Nemko 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; CQST (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional)

GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel AC 600V~690V, 480V~500V, 380V~415V, 200V~250V 125A IP66 -20 ~+55

Standard 1 x M63 x 1.5 cable gland, 1 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16.

Accessories and spare parts


Type 125A Socket Voltage (V) 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 Current (A) 125 125 125 380 ~ 415 125 125 200 ~ 250 125 125A Plug 600 ~ 690 480 ~ 500 125 125 125 380 ~ 415 125 125 200 ~ 250 125 3P+PE 9 Blue 30145 1.70 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 Red Blue 30143 30144 1.70 1.70 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 9 5 7 6 Blue Black Black Red 30139 30140 30141 30142 14.30 1.70 1.70 1.70 3P+PE 3P+N+PE 6 6 Red Blue 30137 30138 14.30 14.30 Pole number 3P+PE 3P+PE 3P+N+PE Schematic diagram h 5 7 6 Colour Black Black Red Ordering Code 30134 30135 30136 Weight (kg) 14.30 14.30 14.30

3/44

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZ8060 Series Explosion-proof and Sockets

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Plug and socket

Coupler (L) BCZ8060-16/ BCZ8060-32/ / /

Socket (Z)

Plug (T)

Type BCZ8060-16/ BCZ8060-16/ /(2P/3P) /(4P/5P) /

L 336 408 460

H 154 175 209

L1 356 460 514

L2 227 252 283

H1 120 151 171

D 90 110 120

A 80 102 113

B 122 150 169

L3 171 217 253

D1 72 76.5 95

BCZ8060-32/

87

Plug and socket BCZ8060-63/ /

Plug (T)

118

Plug and socket

Socket (Z) BCZ8060-125/ /

Plug (T)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/45

Installation Equipments
BCZY Explosion-proof Movable Switchboards
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Type A (portable type) and type B (push type) for option The box is made of stainless steel Several kinds of voltage for option Portable type is equipped with 5m cable; push type is equipped with 20m cable; also can be customized on request. Transformer function can be added

Catalogue number logic


BCZY -

T: With transformer (optional) A: portable type B: push type Explosion-proof movable switchboards

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

280

220

890 405 260 360 495 334 555

BCZY-A

720

BCZY-B

Zones 1&2; 21&22


3/46
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Plug and Sockets BCZY Explosion-proof Movable Switchboards

Technical data Explosion-proof movable switchboards


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Enclosure Plug and flange type socket Exposed fastener Quantity of inserting holes/plugs Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Weight Stainless steel GRP Stainless steel 3P (2P+PE or 1P+N+PE), 5P(3P+N+PE) 3P : 200 250VAC, 5P : 380 415VAC 16A IP65 -20 +55 Portable type: 1 x 25 x 1.5 cable gland (DQM-I Ex e, brass nickel plated) Portable type: 8.40kg (equipped with 5m cable) Push type: 13.60kg (equipped with 20m cable) II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 LCIE 12 ATEX____ EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-1: 2007, EN 60079-7: 2007, EN 60079-31: 2009 IEC 60079-0: 2007, IEC 60079-1: 2007, IEC 60079-7: 2006, IEC 60079-31: 2008 Db IP65

BCZY-

Explosion-proof movable switchboards


Rated primary voltage Rated secondary voltage Capacity Weight 3P: 200

BCZY- T
250VAC 50Hz (60Hz: optional); 5P: 380 415VAC 50Hz (60Hz: optional)

6V, 24V, 110V, 127V, 220V 500VA, 1000VA Portable type: 19.40kg (equipped with 5m cable) Push type: 25.20kg (equipped with 20m cable)

Electrical schematic diagram

L N PE

L N PE

3 x 3 -pole

3 x 3 -pole

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 N PE T N PE

2 x 5 -pole, 1 x 3 -pole BCZY-

3 x 3 -pole BCZY- T

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

3/47

Control Equipments

4/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Equipments

Contents
Position Switches BZX51-6 Series Explosion-proof Position Switches (Ex de IIC) Control Stations BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIB) Components for Control Stations HA Series Pushbuttons HD Series Indicators HK Series Control Switches Control Unit Systems and Control Stations BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems (Ex de IIC, GRP Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, GRP Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, Aluminium Alloy Enclosure) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations (Ex de IIC, Stainless Steel Enclosure) Components for Control Stations BA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Buttons BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters 4/36 4/40 4/43 4/49 4/20 4/24 4/28 4/32 4/12 4/14 4/16 4/4 4/8 4/2

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest de velopment. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/1

Control Equipments
Position Switches BZX51-6 Series Explosion-proof Position Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Types: D, S, Z, L. Increased safety enclosure with explosion-proof components. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface.

Catalogue number logic


BZX 51 - 6
Type D: single-arm roller S: dual-arm roller Z: extended plunger L: roller plunger Rated current (A) Design No. Explosion-proof position switches

Selection table
Type Rated voltage (V) 250 BZX51-6D 250 250 250 BZX51-6S 250 250 250 BZX51-6Z 250 250 250 BZX51-6L 250 250 Rated current (A) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Type of contact 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC 1NO+1NC 2NO 2NC Ordering code 40001 40002 40003 40004 40005 40006 40007 40008 40009 40010 40011 40012 Weight (kg) 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.35 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.30 0.30 0.30

Zones 1&2
4/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Position Switches BZX51-6 Series Explosion-proof Position Switches

Technical data Explosion-proof position switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP65

BZX51-6

DNV 12 ATEX____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Switch

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel BZX-6 Ex-mark: II 2 G Ex de IIC T6

Type of contact Swing angle or distance of roller arm

1NO+1NC, 2NO, 2NC BZX51-6D 45 BZX51-6S 45 BZX51-6Z 4mm BZX51-6L 4mm

Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Available cable outer diameter

Max. 250V AC 6A IP65 -20 +55

1 x G1/2 6.5 9(mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

4.5 4.5 4.5

4.5

BZX51-6D

BZX51-6S

BZX51-6Z

BZX51-6L

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/3

Control Equipments
Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Six types of enclosure .

Catalogue number logic


BZC - A B D K
Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Pushbutton number Pushbutton (optional) Explosion-proof control stations

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/5. 2. Please select internal components as below: HA pushbutton selection table on P4/12~13 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) HD indicator selection table on P4/14~15 HK control switch selection table on P4/16~19 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC-A2B1K1 Components: Two pushbuttons, one ammeter, one control switch Tech. Details: One start pushbutton (40036B-1 + 40033-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop pushbutton (40036A-1 + 40033-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ammeter (40139, 100/5A); One control switch (Function A, stop-run-start) 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/4
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Control station BZC (Ex d IIB) selection table


Enclosure type Components arrangement Cable entries and direction Ordering code Enclosure weight (kg)

a I

f 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40017...... 8.00

a II

1-M32 x 1.5 or 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40018......

9.10

a III

1-M32 x 1.5 or 3-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40019......

10.20

IV d e f

1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x 1.5 or 4-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40020......

15.90

a V

1-M40 x 1.5 or 4-M32 x 1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40021......

27.50

VI

1-M40 x 1.5 or 4-M32 x 1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40022......

40.00

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/5

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Technical data Explosion-proof control stations


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BZC (Ex d IIB)

LCIE 11 ATEX 3070X; IECEx CQM 11.0043; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP66 -60 +55

1. HA pushbutton technical data on P4/12~13; 2. HD indicator technical data on P4/14~15; 3. HK control switch technical data on P4/16~19; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51.

Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Mounting

Standard M

x 1.5 plug. Please see the Selection Table on P4/5

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Surface type

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

4/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure III

Enclosure IV

Enclosure V

Enclosure VI

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/7

Control Equipments
Control Stations (Ex de IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Seven types of enclosure .

Catalogue number logic


BZC - A B D K
Mounting G: surface type L: pole type

Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Pushbutton number Pushbutton (optional) Explosion-proof control stations

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/9. 2. Please select internal components as below: HA pushbutton selection table on P4/12~13 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC); HD indicator selection table on P4/14~15 HK control switch selection table on P4/16~19 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC-A2B1K1L Components: Two pushbuttons, one ammeter, one control switch; pole type Tech. Details: One start pushbutton (40036B-1 + 40033-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop pushbutton (40036A-1 + 40033-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ammeter (40139, 100/5A); One control switch (Function A, stop-run-start); 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2
4/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Control station BZC (Ex d IIB) selection table


Enclosure type Components arrangement Cable entries and direction Ordering code Enclosure weight (kg)

a I

b 1-M32x 1.5 Bottom entry 40025...... 4.15

a II

d 1-M32 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40026...... 5.30

d 1-M32 x 1.5 Bottom entry

III

40027......

6.65

IV

1-M32 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40028......

6.80

a V

1-M32 x 1.5 or 2-M25x 1.5 or Bottom entry

40029.....

13.0

a VI

1-M40 x 1.5 or 1-M32 x 1.5 or 4-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40030......

15.25

c 1-M40 x 1.5 or 4-M32 x 1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

VII

40031......

40.65

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/9

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Technical data Explosion-proof control stations


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components

BZC (Ex de IIB)


II 2 G Ex de IIB T6 PTB 03 ATEX 1076; IECEx CQM 07. 0011 EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50018:2000+A1, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP65 -20 +55 1. HA pushbutton technical data on P4/12~13; 2. HD indicator technical data on P4/14~15; 3. HK control switch technical data on P4/16~19; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51. Bottom, M Surface type Pole type (for enclosure I, II, III, IV only) 1. Please specify the number and size of entries (applicable for surface type only). 2. For pole type, only G1 entry is applicable. x 1.5 plug. Please see the Selection Table on P4/9 19.

Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Mounting Note

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17

Accessories and parts


Description Hinge Illustration Material Ordering code Weight (kg)

Stainless steel
4.5

40032

0.06

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

Enclosure III

4/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Ex d IIB) BZC Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure IV

Enclosure V

Enclosure VI

Enclosure VII

218 256 4- 16

218 256 4- 16

218 256 4- 16

218 256 4- 16

Pole type (for enclosure I, II, III, IV only)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/11

Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HA Series Pushbuttons
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Five different ways of operation -Spring-return pushbutton -Key-operated pushbutton -Mushroom stay-put emergency pushbutton -Mushroom turn-to-release emergency pushbutton -Rotary pushbutton

Catalogue number logic


HA (A for short) AContact code Pushbutton code I: Cover mounting II: Rail mounting Pushbuttons

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

43 43 43

13.5

38

38

14~20

Spring-return pushbutton

Mushroom stay-put/ turn-to-release emergency pushbutton

Rotary pushbutton

Key-operated pushbutton

Pushbutton with indicator

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/12
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

M30 1.5 Flameproof Thread

88.5

Components for BZC Control Stations HA Series Pushbuttons

Selection table of pushbutton contact


Version 11 Specification 23 40033-1 1 NO+1NC 12 I: Cover mounting 11 24 23 40034-1 2 NO 12 11 24 23 40035-1 2 NC II: Rail mounting 12 24 T 40035-2 0.10 0.05 S 40034-2 0.10 0.05 R 40033-2 0.10 0.05 Contact code Ordering code Weight (kg)

Selection table
Cover mounting Rail mounting Specification Red Spring-return pushbutton Green Yellow Code a b c Ordering code 40036A-1 / 40036A-2 40036B-1 / 40036B-2 40036C-1 / 40036C-2 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.15

Mushroom stay-put emergency pushbutton

Red

40037-1 / 40037-2

0.27

Mushroom turn-to-release emergency pushbutton

Red

40040-1 / 40040-2

0.27

Rotary pushbutton

Black

40039-1 / 40039-2

0.27

Key-operated pushbutton

Black

40038-1 / 40038-2

0.27

Red Pushbutton with indicator Green Yellow The last number of ordering code: 1 - cover mounting; 2 - rail mounting

a b c

40057A-1 / 40057A-2 40057B-1 / 40057B-2 40057C-1 / 40057C-2

0.15 0.15 0.15

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/13

Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HD Series Indicators
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in -red -green -yellow -white Two types -screw connection -2m cable connection

Catalogue number logic


HD(D for short) DIndicator code I: Screw connection (optional) II: 2m cable connection Indicators

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/14
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for BZC Control Stations HD Series Indicators

Selection table
Type I: Screw connection 220~415V AC Rated voltage Schematic diagram Colour Red Green Yellow White Red 220V DC Green Yellow White Red 48~120V AC/DC Green Yellow White Red 12~36V AC/DC Green Yellow White II: 2m cable connection 220~415V AC Red Green Yellow White Red Green 220V DC Yellow White Red Green 48~120V AC/DC Yellow White Red Green 12~36V AC/DC Yellow White Code Ra Ga Ya Wa Rb Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd Ra Ga Ya Wa Rb Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd Ordering code 40041A 40042A 40043A 40044A 40045A 40046A 40047A 40048A 40049A 40050A 40051A 40052A 40053A 40054A 40055A 40056A 40041B 40042B 40043B 40044B 40045B 40046B 40047B 40048B 40049B 40050B 40051B 40052B 40053B 40054B 40055B 40056B 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 Weight (kg)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


38 38

I: Screw connection

II: 2m cable connection(cable spectification: 2 1.5mm2)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/15

Control Equipments
Components for BZC Control Stations HK Series Control Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in latching and spring-return forms. Different function options. Max. 6 poles. The switch shall be fitted inside Ex d enclosure.

Catalogue number logic


HK(K for short) KControl switch code Control switches

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

AUTO

STOP

HAND

Operating handle

Mounting hole

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/16
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for BZC Control Stations HK Series Control Switches

Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)

Switch code

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

Instruction for equivalent function

a.Functional wiring is the same as double buttons with auto-reset function.

b.Functi onal wiring is the same as double buttons; auto-reset after start; lock-stop gear added to avoid mistake operation.

c.Button with 2 NO contacts and available at auto-reset function. Suitable for highvoltage engine control circuit or function panel uses switch code "a".

d.Low-power switch.

e.Function is same as three buttons; able to control engine in forward and backward rotation. FW&BW starting positions can auto-reset.

f.Selection switch with stop gear in midest.

g.Be equal to mounting two buttons and one changeover switch in one axis. Possible to output contact s ignal o r monit oring signal between start and stop.

h.Multi-signals transmit gradually.

i.Add function of transmitting resultant signal on the base of function pa nel uses switch code "h".

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/17

Components for BZC Control Stations HK Series Control Switches

Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)

Switch code

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

Instruction for equivalent function

j. Two positions step; change-over gradually.

k. Changeover switch.

l. Selection switch with three poles and two launches.

m.Three-position changeover switch among auto, manual and start; auto-reset after start; it can convert to auto gear only after passing stop gear.

n.Structure is a little different to universal structure of switch code "m"; it directly rotates to auto gear without passing stop gear after starts.

o.Double contacts auto reset for start, with lock-stop gear.

p.Double contacts for stop, to substitute switch code "a" and "c" for start and stop; autoreset.

q.Stop with double contacts, with lock stop gear; auto-reset after start.

r.Double contacts for both start and stop; it is same as universal panel of switch code a , with auto-reset for start and stop.

4/18

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for BZC Control Stations HK Series Control Switche

Selection table
Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return)

Switch code

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

Instruction for equivalent function

s.Transmit a contact signal before start and stop.

t.With lock-stop gear for start and stop to prevent mistake operation; without autoreset.

u.Double-control selection switch.

v.Changeover switch for voltage phasechanging and measuring.

w.One 2NO auto-reset pushbutton, both left and right are the same.

x.Two 2NO auto-reset buttons.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Rail mounting

Cover mounting

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/19

Control Equipments
Control Unit Systems BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Three enclosure types Individual unit can be combined into larger units.

Catalogue number logic


BZA 8050 - A D
Indicator number Indicator (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control unit systems

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/21~22. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 3. Example: BZA8050-A2 Components: two control buttons Tech. Details: One start control button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop control button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC) 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/20
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Unit Systems BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems

Selection table
Outline Spring-return button Red Colour Chart of contact Ordering code 40063A 0.65 Green Mushroom stay-put emergency button Red 40064 0.65 40063B Weight (kg)

Rotary button 40065A 0.65

40065B

0.65

40065C

0.65

Spring-return button

Green

40066 Red

0.85

Indicator and mushroom stay-put emergency button

Red

40067 Red

0.85

Indicator and spring-return button

Red

Red

40068

0.85

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/21

Control Unit Systems BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems

Selection table
Outline Spring-return button Yellow Colour Chart of contact Ordering code Weight (kg)

Green 40069 1.10

Red

Spring-return button and indicator

Red

Green 40070 1.10

Red

Spring-return button and mushroom stay-put emergency button

Green

Red 40071 1.10

Red

Spring-return button and rotary button

Green

Red 40072 1.10

Red

Indicator, spring-return button and mushroom stay-put emergency button

Red

Red 40073 1.10

Red

4/22

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Unit Systems BZA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Unit Systems

Technical data Explosion-proof control unit systems BZA8050


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3097; IECEx CQM 11.0018; BVC10.0204 (Brazil); FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Available cable outer diameter GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Black Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP65 -20 +55 II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC T6 Gb

1 x M25 x 1.5 Cable gland (DQM- I, plastic) 9 16 (mm)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

Enclosure III

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/23

Control Equipments
Control Stations (GRP) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Four enclosure types

Catalogue number logic


BZC 8050 - A B D K
Mounting G: surface type L: pole type Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control stations

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/25. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42; BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons, two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One start control button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One stop control button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One indicator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC); 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2 21&22


4/24
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (GRP) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Control station BZC8050(GRP) selection table


Enclosure type Components arrangement Cable entries and direction Ordering code Enclosure weight (kg)

a I

d 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40074...... 1.30

a II

d 1-M32 x 1.5 or 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40075...... 2.10

a III

g 1-M32 x 1.5 or 3-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40076......

3.25

a IIIx

1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x1.5 or 4-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40077......

3.25

IV

1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40078......

4.15

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/25

Control Stations (GRP) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Technical data Explosion-proof control stations BZC8050 (GRP)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3099; IECEx CQM 11.0029; BVC10.0205 (Brazil); FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Black Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP65 -20 +55 1. BA8050 explosion-proof control button technical data on P4/36~39; 2. BD8050 explosion-proof indicator technical data on P4/40~42; 3. BK8050 explosion-proof control switch technical data on P4/43~48; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51. Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Mounting Note M x 1.5 plug, please see the Selection Table on P4/25 DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/16. Surface type Pole type (for enclosure I, II, III only) 1. Please specify the number and size of entries (applicable for surface type only). 2. For pole type, only G1 entry is applicable. II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC T6 Gb

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

4/26

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (GRP) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure III

Enclosure IV

218 256 416

218 256 416

218 256 416

Pole type (for enclosure I, II, III only)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/27

Control Equipments
Control Stations (Aluminium Alloy) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder coated external surface. Seven enclosure types

Catalogue number logic


BZC 8050 - A B D K
G: surface type Mounting L: pole type

Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control stations

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/29. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons , two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One control start button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One control stop button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One ind icator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC) 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/28
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Aluminium Alloy) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Control station BZC8050 (aluminium alloy) selection table


Enclosure type Components arrangement Cable entries and direction 1-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry Ordering code Enclosure weight (kg)

40079

0.65

II

1-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40080

0.85

III

1-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40081

1.10

a IV

d 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40082...... 3.75

c 1-M32 x 1.5 or 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

40083......

6.50

c 1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x1.5 or 4-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

VI

40084......

9.00

d 1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

VII

40085......

13.70

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/29

Control Stations (Aluminium Alloy) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Technical data Explosion-proof control stations


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3099; IECEx CQM 11. 0029; BVC10.0205 (Brazil); FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP65 -20 +55 1. BA8050 explosion-proof control button technical data on P4/36~39; 2. BD8050 explosion-proof indicator technical data on P4/40~42; 3. BK8050 explosion-proof control switch technical data on P4/43~48; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51. Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Mounting Note M x 1.5 plug, please see the Selection Table on P4/29 19. DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Surface type Pole type (for enclosure IV, V, VI only) 1. Please specify the number and size of entries (applicable for surface type only). 2. For pole type, only G1 entry is applicable. II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC T6 Gb

BZC8050 (aluminium alloy)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

Enclosure III

4/30

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Aluminium Alloy) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure IV

Enclosure V

Enclosure VI

Enclosure VII

218 256 416

218 256 416

218 256 416

Pole type(for enclosure IV, V, VI only)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/31

Control Equipments
Control Stations (Stainless Steel) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Stainless steel enclosure Four enclosure types

Catalogue number logic


BZC 8050 - A B D K
Mounting G: surface type L: pole type

Control switch number Control switch (optional) Indicator number Indicator (optional) Ammeter/Voltmeter number Ammeter/Voltmeter (optional) Control button number Control button (optional) Design No. Explosion-proof control stations

Note
1. Please refer to the Selection Table on P4/33. 2. Please select internal components as below: BA8050 explosion-proof control button selection table on P4/36~39 (Nominal contact is 1NO+1NC) BD8050 explosion-proof indicator selection table on P4/40~42 BK8050 explosion-proof control switch selection table on P4/43~48 BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter selection table on P4/49~51 3. Example: BZC8050-A2D2G Components: Two control buttons, two indicators; surface type Tech. Details: One control start button (40092B + 40090-1+40091-1, green, 1NO+1NC); One control stop button (40092A+ 40090-1+40091-1, red, 1NO+1NC); One indicator (40116+40100-2, green, 230V AC ); One indicator (40115+40099-2, red, 230V AC ); 4. Special requirements on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/32
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Stainless Steel) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Control station BZC8050 (stainless steel) selection table


Enclosure type Components arrangement Cable entries and direction Ordering code Enclosure weight (kg)

a I

d 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry 40086...... 2.80

c 1-M32 x 1.5 or 2-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

II

40087......

4.50

d 1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x 1.5 or 4-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

III

40088......

6.75

b 1-M40 x 1.5 or 2-M32 x 1.5 or 6-M25 x 1.5 Bottom entry

IV

40089......

10.25

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/33

Control Stations (Stainless Steel) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Technical data Explosion-proof control stations


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3099; BVC10.0205 (Brazil); FM (USA); IECEx PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Rated voltage Rated current Degree of protection Ambient temperature Components Stainless steel Metal colour Stainless steel Max. 415V AC 10A IP65 -20 +55 1. BA8050 Explosion-proof control button technical data on P4/36~39; 2. BD8050 Explosion-proof indicator technical data on P4/40~42; 3. BK8050 Explosion-proof control switch technical data on P4/43~48; 4. BB8050 explosion-proof ammeter/voltmeter technical data on P4/49~51. Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Mounting Note M x 1.5 plug, please see the Selection table on P4/33 19. DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Surface type Pole type (for enclosure I,II, III only) 1. Please specify the number and size of entries (applicable for surface type only). 2. For pole type, only G1 entry is applicable. II 2 G Ex de IIC T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC T6 Gb

BZC8050 (stainless steel)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Enclosure I

Enclosure II

4/34

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Stations (Stainless Steel) BZC8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Stations

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

310 276 240

Enclosure III

Enclosure IV

218 256

218 256

218 256

4- 16

4- 16

4- 16

Pole type (for enclosure I, II, III only)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/35

Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Buttons
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 2 versions of components -1 NO -1 NC Six different ways of operation -Spring-return control button -Mushroom stay-put emergency control button -Key-operated control button -Rotary control button -Double control button -Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button

Catalogue number logic


BA8050(A for short)

A Contact code Control button code I: Cover mounting II: Rail mounting Explosion-proof control buttons

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/36
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BA8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Buttons

Selection table
Type Description Contact code Ordering code Weight (kg)

11

1NC

40090-1 / 40090-2

0.06

I: Cover mounting

12

11

1NO

40091-1 / 40091-2

0.05

II: Rail mounting

12

The last number of ordering code: 1 - cover mounting; 2 - rail mounting

Selection table
Type Description Red Spring-return control button Green Yellow Code a b c Ordering code 40092A 40092B 40092C 0.05 Weight (kg)

Mushroom stay-put emergency control button

Red

40093

0.05

Key-operated control button

Black

40094

0.05

Rotary control button

Red

40095

0.05

Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button

Red

40096

0.05

Double control button

Red/Green

40097

0.05

Red Pushbutton with indicator Green Yellow

i j k

40098A 40098B 40098C 0.05

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/37

Components for Control Stations BA8050 Serise Explosion-proof Control Buttons

Technical data Explosion-proof control buttons


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 07 ATEX 0006U; IECEx LCI 08.0013U; FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Rated voltage Rated current Contact type Polyamide (PA66) Max. 415V AC 6A
11

BA8050
II 2 G Ex de IIC Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

or

11

12

12

Switch capacity

AC 11, cosj=0.7 DC1 L/R=1ms DC11 L/R=15ms L/R=30ms L/R=100ms 106 times 106 times -20 +70 Suitable for 2.5mm2 cable Polyamide (PA66) Silicon rubber Spring-return control button

230V-4A 60V-4A 60V-6A 4A 2.5A

415V-2.5A 110V-2.5A 110V-2.5A 1.6A 1.0A

Mechanical life Electrical life Ambient temperature Terminal Button element Material Washer Function Spring-return control button Mushroom stay-put emergency control button Key-operated control button Rotary control button Double control button Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button

Self-latching when pulled, self-locking Rotate to lock; release with key, key movable in both ways Two-position switch function, key movable in 90 Spring-return control button, 1 control button element has the function of 2 control buttons Rotary resetting control button; self-locking

Accessories
Description Cover mounting bracket Material Ordering code Weight (kg)

PC

40098

0.01

Rail aluminium alloy (1m) 40120 0.12

4/38

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BA8050 Serise Explosion-proof Control Buttons

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Control button, single (rail mounting)

Control button, double (rail mounting)

Rail

40 38 37.5 18.5
38 38

Spring-return control button

Double control button

Mushroom stay-put emergency control button

Pushbutton with indicator

38

38

38

30.8

Key-operated control button

Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button

Rotary control button


38

Mounting hole

Control button , single (cover mounting)

Control button, double (cover mounting)

Control button cover mounting

40

38 18.5

38

38

Operation for spring-return control button

Mushroom stay-put emergency control button

42

Pushbutton with indicator

38

38

38

Key-operated control button

Mushroom turn-to-release emergency control button

Rotary control button

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/39

Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Available in -red -green -yellow -white Two mounting types -cover mounting -rail mounting

Catalogue number logic


BD8050(D for short) D Indicator code I: Cover mounting II: Rail mounting Explosion-proof indicators

Zones 1&2; 21&22


4/40
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators

Selection table
Type Voltage Schematic diagram Colour Code Ordering code 40099A/40099B 40100A/40100B 0.05 Yellow White Red Rated voltage: AC/DC 48V...110V Voltage range: -10%...+6% I: Cover mounting Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz Green Yellow White Red Rated voltage: AC/DC 12V...36V Voltage range: -10%...+6% Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz Yellow White Red Rated voltage: DC 220V...380V II: Rail mounting Voltage range: -10%...+6% Green Yellow White Indicator cover Red Green Yellow White The last letter of ordering code: A-cover mounting; B-rail mounting. Yc Wc Rd Gd Yd Wd a b c d 40109A/40109B 40110A/40110B 40111A/40111B 40112A/40113B 0.05 40113A/40113B 40114A/40114B 40115 40116 0.05 40117 40118 Green Gb Yb Wb Rc Gc 40104A/40104B 0.05 40105A/40105B 40106A/40106B 40107A/40107B 40108A/40108B 0.05 Ya Wa Rb 40101A/40101B 40102A/40102B 40103A/40103B Weight (kg)

Explosion-proof Indicator Rated voltage: AC 230V...AC 415V Voltage range: -10%...+6% Frequency: 0Hz...60Hz

Red Green

Ra Ga

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/41

Components for Control Stations BD8050 Series Explosion-proof Indicators

Technical data Explosion-proof indicators


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3098U; IECEx CQM 11.0012U; FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Rated voltage Rated current Frequency Rated output wattage Service life Ambient temperature Colour Lamp Enclosure material Terminal Indicator cover material 12V...415V AC/DC (-10%...+6%) Max.15mA 0Hz...60Hz Max.1W 105 hours -20 LED Polyamide (PA66) Suitable for 2.5mm2 cable PC +60 Red, green, yellow, white II 2 G Ex de IIC Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC Gb

BD8050

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

38

Indicator cover

Explosion-proof indicator (rail mounting)

Rail mounting

30.8

Mounting hole

Explosion-proof indicator (cover mounting)

Cover mounting

4/42

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC -NEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Max. 6 poles. Available in latching and spring-return forms.

Catalogue number logic


BK8050(K for short) KControl switch code Explosion-proof control switches

Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/43

Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches

Selection table of control switches


Control switch code Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return) Instruction for equivalent function

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

a.Functional wiring is the same as double buttons with auto-reset function.

B.Functional wiring is the same as double buttons; auto-reset after start; lock-stop gear added to avoid mistake operation.

c.Button with 2 NO contacts and available at auto-reset function. Suitable for high -

voltage engine control circuit or functio n panel uses switch code a .

d.Low-power switch.

e.Function is the same as three buttons; able to control engine in forward and backward rotation. FW&BW starting positions can auto-reset.

f.Selection switch with stop gear.

g.Be equal to mounting two buttons and one changeover switch in one axis. Possible to output contact signal or monitoring signal between start and

stop.

h.Multi-signals transmit gradually.

4/44

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches

Selection table of control switches


Control switch code Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return) Instruction for equivalent function

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

I. Add function of transmitting resultant signal on the base of function panel uses switch code h .

j. Two positions step; change-over gradually.

k. Changeover switch.

l. Selection switch with three poles and two launches.

m.Three-position changeover switch amo ng auto, manual and start; auto-reset after start; it can co nvert to auto gear

only after passing stop gear.

n.Structure is a little different to universal structure of switch code gear after starts. m ; it directly rotates to auto gear without passing stop

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/45

Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches

Selection table of control switches


Control switch code Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return) Instruction for equivalent function

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

O. Double contacts auto reset for start, with lock-stop gear; lock switch at stop gear to prevent mistake operation.

p.Double contacts for stop, to substitute switch code a and c for start and stop; auto-reset.

q.Stop with double contacts, with lock sto p gear; auto-reset after start; possible to add lock-stop gear to add lock-stop gear

to lock swi tch at stop gear to prevent mistake operation.

r.Double contacts for both start and stop; it is same as universal panel of switch code a , with auto-reset for start and

stop.

s.Transmit a contact signal before start and stop.

t.With lock-stop gear for start and stop to prevent mistake operation; without auto-reset.

u.Double-control selection switch.

v.Changeover switch for voltage phasechanging and measuring.

4/46

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches

Selection table of control switches


Control switch code Position (solid line: location; dash line: spring return) Instruction for equivalent function

Chart of contact

Equivalent switch

w.One 2NO auto-reset pushbutton, both left and right are the same.

x.Two 2NO auto-reset buttons.

Technical data Explosion-proof control switches BK8050


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 09 ATEX 3096U; IECEx CQM 11.0011U; FM (USA) PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Rated voltage Rated current Switch angle Service life Ambient temperature Cable connection Handle material Panel material Seal material Plastic Max. 415V AC 16A n x 45 /n x 90 105 times -20 2.5mm2 PC ABS NBR +50 II 2 G Ex de IIC Ex tD A21 T80 IP65 Ex de IIC Gb

Accessories
Description Illustration Ordering code Weight (kg)

Operation handle (padlockable) 40119 0.05

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/47

Components for Control Stations BK8050 Series Explosion-proof Control Switches

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

13

13

13

Control switch 2 poles

Control switch 3 or 4 poles

Control switch 6 poles

456 18.5

4.5

Operation handle

Mounting hole

4/48

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Control Equipments
Components for Control Stations BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Fast comparison of measured with set values Versions available -Ammeter (type 72) -Voltmeter (type 72)

Catalogue number logic


BB8050(B for short) B - A ( / )
Ammeter range Ammeter Explosion-proof ammeters/voltmeters

B - V (

)
Voltmeter range Voltmeter Explosion-proof ammeters/voltmeters

Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/49

Components for Control Stations BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters

Selection table
Type Ammeter BB8050-A( / ) Description Secondary current 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A Connect to current transformer (secondary current 5A or 1A) 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A 5A 1A Specification 10A 15A 20A 25A 30A 40A 50A 60A 75A 100A 150A 200A 250A 300A Overload times 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Ordering code 40121 40122 40123 40124 40125 40126 40127 40128 40129 40130 40131 40132 40133 40134 40135 40136 40137 40138 40139 40140 40141 40142 40143 40144 40145 40146 40147 40148 0.20 Weight (kg)

Selection table
Type Roltmeter BB8050-V( ) Description Specification 30V 50V 75V 100V Connect to voltage transformer (secondary voltage 100V) 120V 150V 200V 250V 300V 400V 450V 600V 450V 450kV Ordering code 40149 40150 40151 40152 40153 40154 40155 40156 40157 40158 40159 40160 40161 0.20 Weight (kg)

4/50

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Components for Control Stations BB8050 Series Explosion-proof Ammeters/Voltmeters

Technical data Explosion-proof ammeters/voltmeters


Ammeter Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Insulation voltage Frequency Working mode Accuracy Overload times Ambient temperature Cable connection Size II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb DNV 11 ATEX 92527U; IECEx CQM 11.0031U EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 Flame retardant plastic 690V AC 50/60Hz DC available Electromagnetic type (moving iron) Class 1.5 5 times 3 or 6 times on request. -20 +60 -20 +60 Max. 2.5mm2 72 x 72mm Max. 2.5mm2 72 x 72mm

BB8050
Voltmeter II 2 G Ex e IIC Gb DNV 11 ATEX 92527U; IECEx CQM 11.0031U EN 60079-0: 2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006 Flame retardant plastic 690V AC 50/60Hz DC available Electromagnetic type (moving iron) Class 1.5

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

66 x 66 72

66 x 66

72

6 67

Bezel (

72mm)

Cover mounting

Rail mounting

89

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

4/51

Loads and Motor Switchgears

5/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Loads and Motor Switchgears

Contents
Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB) BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIC) Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB) BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC) 5/10 5/14 5/2 5/6

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/1

Loads and Motor Switchgears


Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Classified as IIB or IIC according to different gas atmospheres. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder-coated external surface. Built-in MCB (mini circuit breaker), MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker). Electric leakage protection device is optional.

Catalogue number logic


BLK / / /
L: electric leakage protection (optional) Rated current (A) Pole number (1P, 2P, 3P, 4P) Enclosure type (63, 160, 250) Explosion-proof motor switches

Note
1. Please select the model by catalogue number logic above, and specify all technical data. 2. Please specify explosion-proof mark when ordering. 3. Entry size and direction on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


5/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 06 ATEX 6091; IECEx LCI 08. 0009 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Max. working voltage Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Breaking capacity Tripping characteristic Impulse withstand voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) 440V AC 50/60Hz 1P/230V AC, 2P/3P/4P/400V AC 50/60Hz 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 6kA, 10kA, 15kA Instantaneous tripping range (5 10) In, (7 10) In or (10 14) In 6kV IP65 -20 +55 II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BLK-63/ / /

Standard 1 16A: 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 20 40 32A: 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug 63A: 2 x M40 x 1.5 plug

Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 8.00 kg On request

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-63/ / /

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/3

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 06 ATEX 6091; IECEx LCI 08. 0009 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC Rated working current Pole number Breaking capacity 80A, 100A, 125A, 160A 3P, 4P 380/415V AC 50/60Hz, 36kA/50kA 440V AC 50/60Hz, 30kA/45kA Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries 8kV Thermomagnetic type IP65 -20 +55 II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BLK-160/ / /

Standard 80 100A, 2 x M50 x 1.5 plug 125 160A, 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug

Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 18.90kg On request

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-160/ / /

5/4

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards LCIE 06 ATEX 6091; IECEx LCI 08. 0009 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC Rated working current Pole number Breaking capacity 200A, 250A 3P, 4P 380/415V AC 50/60Hz, 36kA/50kA 440V AC 50/60Hz, 25kA/40kA Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection Note 8kV Thermomagnetic type IP65 -20 +55 II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BLK-250/ / /

Standard 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom 28.50kg On request Rated current > 250A on request. 25.

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-250/

/ /

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/5

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BLK-63/ / /

DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Max. working voltage Rated voltage Rated current Pole number Breaking capacity Impulse withstand voltage Tripping characteristic Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) 440V AC 50/60Hz 1P/230V AC, 2P/3P/4P/400V AC 50/60Hz 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P 6kA, 10kA, 15kA 6kV Instantaneous tripping range (5 10) In, (7 10) In or (10 14) In IP66 -60 +55

Standard 1 16A: 2 x M25 x 1.5 plug 20 40 32A: 2 x M32 x 1.5 plug 63A: 2 x M40 x 1.5 plug

Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 6.50kg On request

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-63/

/ /

5/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BLK-160/

/ /

DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC

Rated working current Pole number Breaking capacity

80A, 100A, 125A, 160A 3P, 4P 380/415V AC 50/60Hz, 36kA/50kA 440V AC 50/60Hz, 30kA/45kA

Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries

8kV Thermomagnetic type IP66 -60 +55 100A 160A 2 x M50 x 1.5 plug 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug 25.

Standard 80 125

Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom 21.00kg On request

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-160/ / /

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/7

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches (Ex d IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor switches


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BLK-250/ / /

DNV 12 ATEX_____; IECEx; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Circuit breaker Rated working voltage

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) 690V AC 50/60Hz 500V DC

Rated working current Pole number Breaking capacity

200A, 250A 3P, 4P 380/415V AC 50/60Hz, 36kA/50kA 440V AC 50/60Hz, 25kA/40kA

Impulse withstand voltage Tripping device Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Enclosure weight Electric leakage protection Note

8kV Thermomagnetic type IP66 -60 +55

Standard 2 x M63 x 1.5 plug DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom 24.00kg On request Rated current > 250A on request.

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BLK-250/ / /

5/8

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Motor Switches BLK Series Explosion-proof Motor Switches

Outline dimensions of some products with electric leakage protection (all dimensions in mm-subject to alteration)

BLK-63/2P/L (Ex d IIB)

BLK-63/2P/L (Ex d IIC)

2P/L Electrical schematic diagram

3P/L Electrical schematic diagram

4P/L Electrical schematic diagram

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/9

Loads and Motor Switchgears


Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Classifie d as IIB or II C according to different gas atmospheres. Different motor starters. Copper-free aluminium enclosure; powder external surface.

Catalogue number logic


BQD / / /
S: direct-on-line control (optional) N: reversible control Y: star-delta control Setting current of thermal relay (A) Rated current of circuit breaker (A) Control motor power (kW) Explosion-proof motor starters

Note
1. Please select the model by catalogue number logic above, and specify all technical data. 2. Please specify explosion-proof mark when ordering. 3. Entry size, entry direction, enclosure material, etc. on request.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


5/10
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor starters (direct-on-line control)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Components LCIE 06 ATEX 6090; IECEx LCI 08.0010 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction 380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 25. Standard M Bottom II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BQD- / /

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10 BQD-5.5/20/9 13 BQD-7.5/25/12 18 BQD-11/32/16 24 BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32 38 50 Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 20.00 20.00 20.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

4kW-7.5kW

11kW-22kW

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/11

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor starters (reversible control)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Components LCIE 06 ATEX 6090; IECEx LCI 08.0010 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland(optional) Entry direction 380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 25. Standard M Bottom II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BQD- / / /N

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20

Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10/N BQD-5.5/20/9 13/N BQD-7.5/25/12 18/N BQD-11/32/16 24/N BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32/N 38/N 50/N Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 20.50 20.50 20.50 30.50 30.50 30.50 30.50

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

4kW-7.5kW

11kW-22kW

5/12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor starters (star-delta control)


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Components LCIE 06 ATEX 6090; IECEx LCI 08.0010 PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicatior, pushbutton Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction 380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below Standard M Bottom II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BQD- / / / Y

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25.

Selection table
Type BQD-18.5/50/30-40/Y BQD-22/63/37-50/Y BQD-30/80/48-65/Y BQD-37/100/63-80/Y BQD-45/125/80-104Y Control motor power (kW) 18.5 22 30 37 45 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 50 63 80 100 125 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 30 37 48 63 80 40, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 65, Ie=60 80, Ie=75 104, Ie=90 Setting value of delay time 13s 15s 17s 18s 20s Cable entry size 3 x M40 x 1.5 3 x M40 x 1.5 3 x M50 x 1.5 3 x M50 x 1.5 3 x M63 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 40.00 40.00 54.50 54.50 54.50

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

18.5kW-22kW

30kW-45kW

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/13

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor starters (direct-on-line control)


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T6

BQD- / /
Ex de IIC T6 Gb

LCIE 10 ATEX 3075; IECEx CQM 11.0017X EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Components

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton

Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction

380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 19.

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom

Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10 BQD-5.5/20/9 13 BQD-7.5/25/12 18 BQD-11/32/16 24 BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32 38 50 Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00 28.00

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

4kW-22kW

5/14

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters (Ex de IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof motor starters (reversible control)


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T6

BQD- / / /N
Ex de IIC T6 Gb

LCIE 10 ATEX 3075; IECEx CQM 11.0017X EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Exposed fastener Components

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel MCB (mini circuit breaker) AC contactor Thermal overload relay Indicator, pushbutton

Rated voltage Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland(optional) Entry direction

380/400V AC 50/60Hz IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug; See Selection Table as below 19.

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom

Selection table
Type BQD-4/16/7 10/N BQD-5.5/20/9 13/N BQD-7.5/25/12 18/N BQD-11/32/16 24/N BQD-15/40/23 BQD-18.5/50/30 BQD-22/63/37 32/N 38/N 50/N Control motor power (kW) 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 Rated current of circuit breaker (A) 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Adjustable range of setting current of thermal relay (A) 7 9 12 16 23 30 37 10, Ie=8.5 13, Ie=11 18, Ie=16 24, Ie=23 32, Ie=30 38, Ie=36 50, Ie=46 Rated current of contactor (A) 9 12 18 25 32 40 50 Cable entry size 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M25 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M32 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 2 x M40 x 1.5 Enclosure weight (kg) 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00 30.00

Dimensions (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

4kW-22kW

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/15

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters

Electrical schematic diagram

Incoming line

Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM: AC contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SB1: stop button SB2: start button HR: power indicator Load line Electrical schematic diagram Direct-on-line motor starter HG: running indicator

Incoming line

Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM1, KM2: AC contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SBS: stop button SB1: non-reversible start button SB2: reversible start button HR: power indicator Load line HG1: non-reversible running indicator HG2: reversible running indicator Electrical schematic diagram Reversibly controlled motor starter

5/16

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Standard Motor Starters BQD Series Explosion-proof Motor Starters

Electrical schematic diagram

Incoming line

Code of electric components QF: circuit breaker KM1: main contactor KM3: star start contactor KM2: triangle running contactor FR: thermal relay FU1, FU2: fuse SB1: stop button SB2: start button Load line HR: power indicator HY: star start indicator HG: triangle running indicator

Electrical schematic diagram Star-delta controlled motor starter

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

5/17

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures

6/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures

Contents
Distribution Boxes BXM(D)51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB) BXM(D)53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC) BXM(D)81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB) Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB, copper-free aluminium) BXT-S Series Increased Safety Enclosures (Ex e, stainless steel) BXT8050 Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex e, GRP) 6/22 6/28 6/30 6/2 6/8 6/14

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for th e latest deve lopm ent. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and pr oducts available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/1

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Distribution Boxes BXM(D)51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Enclosure for modular combination (Ex d & Ex e). Main switch and distribution switch are operated with external handle. Internal termination is finished. Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals. Entries plugged. Cable glands on request (see P7/17~19). Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BX M(D) 51/ / /

Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes

Zones 1&2; 21&22


6/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards PTB 03 ATEX 1078; IECEx CQM 07. 0012 PCEC (China) EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50018:2000+A1, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment. Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub-circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/4) Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max.100A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A Stainless steel II 2 G Ex de IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BXM51- / / /

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electrical schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXM51 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/3

Distribution Boxes BXM51 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)

Selection table of BXM 51 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXM51-4/

/K/

4 1A

1+4

BXM51-6/

/K/

MCB or MCCB

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A

1+6

BXM51-8/

/K/

MCB 1 P/2 P

1+8

BXM51-10/

/K/

Current: max.

10

32A On request

1+10

Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

BXM51-12/

/K/

100A

12

1+12

BXM51-4/

4 1A

BXM51-6/

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A On request

BXM51-8/

MCB 1 P/2 P

BXM51-10/

10

10

Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE

BXM51-12/

12

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/4

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXD51 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards PTB 03 ATEX 1078; IECEx CQM 07.0012 PCEC (China) EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50018:2000+A1, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2001 IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment. Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub-circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/6) Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max. 250A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A Stainless steel II 2 G Ex de IIB T6 Ex tD A21 T80 IP65

BXD51- / / /

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 19. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electrical schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXD51 series explosion-proof power distribution boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/5

Distribution Boxes BXD51 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)

Selection table of BXD51 series explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXD51-4/

/K/

4 1A 2A 4A 6 6A 10A 16A 8 MCB 3P 20A 25A Current: 32A 10 40A 50A 63A 12 On request

1+4

BXD51-6/

/K/

MCB or MCCB

1+6

BXD51-8/

/K/

1+8

BXD51-10/

/K/

max. 250A

1+10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

BXD51-12/

/K/

1+12

BXD51-4/

1A 2A 4A 6A 10A 16A MCB 3P 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A On request

BXD51-6/

BXD51-8/

BXD51-10/

10

10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE

BXD51-12/

12

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM(D)51 Series Explosion-proof lllumination (power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIB)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BXM(D)51-4/

/K/

BXM(D)51-6/

/K/

BXM(D)51-8/

/K/

BXM(D)51-10/

/K/

Surface type BXM(D)51-12/ /K/

Pedestal type

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/7

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Distribution Boxes BXM(D)53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Enclosure for modular combination (Ex d & Ex e). Main switch and distribution switch are operated with external handle. Internal termination is finished. Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals. Entries plugged. Cable glands on request (see P7/17~19). Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BX M(D) 53/ / /

Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes

Zones 1&2; 21&22


6/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T5/T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T95 /T80 Db IP65

BXM53- / / /

DNV 11 ATEX 02455X; IECEx CQM 11.0042X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type

Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max.100A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A Stainless steel

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment.

Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +53 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/10) 19.

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electrical schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXM53 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/9

Distribution Boxes BXM53 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)

Selection table of BXM53 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXM53-4/

/K/

4 1A

1+4

BXM53-6/

/K/

MCB or MCCB

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A

1+6

BXM53-8/

/K/

MCB 1P/2P

1+8

Current: BXM53-10/ /K/ max. 100A BXM53-12/ /K/ 12 10

32A On request

1+10

Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

1+12

BXM53-4/

4 1A

BXM53-6/

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A On request

BXM53-8/

MCB 1P/2P

BXM53-10/

10

10

Incoming 1 x M40x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE

BXM53-12/

12

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXD53 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)

Technical data Explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex de IIC T5/T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T95 /T80 Db IP65

BXD53- / / /

DNV 11 ATEX 02455X; IECEx CQM 11.0042X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008

General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure Enclosure material Enclosure colour Enclosure type

Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max.250A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A Stainless steel

Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) Modular combination (Ex d & Ex e); MCB, MCCB or other components in Ex d compartment, indicators and terminals in Ex e compartment.

Built-in components Main switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Sub circuit switch MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting Weidmuller SAK EN series Red IP65 -20 +53 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/12) 19.

Standard M

DQM-I (Ex e) is recommended. Please see P7/17 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electric schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXD53 series explosion-proof power distribution boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/11

Distribution Boxes BXD53 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)

Selection table of BXD53 series explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXD53-4/

/K/

1+4 1A 2A 4A

MCB BXD53-6/ /K/ or MCCB BXD53-8/ /K/ 8 MCB 3P 6

6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A

1+6

1+8

Current: BXD53-10/ /K/ max. 250A BXD53-12/ /K/ 12 10

40A 50A 63A On request

1+10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

1+12

BXD53-4/

1A 2A 4A

BXD53-6/

6A 10A 16A

BXD53-8/

MCB 3P

20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A On request

BXD53-10/

10

10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE

BXD53-12/

12

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/12

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM(D)53 Series Explosion-proof lllumination (power) Distribution Boxes (Ex de IIC)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BXM(D)53-4/

/K/

13

BXM(D)53-6/

/K/

BXM(D)53-8/

/K/

13

BXM(D)53-10/

/K/

13

Surface type

BXM(D)51-12/

/K/ Pedestal type

13

13

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/13

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Distribution Boxes BXM(D)81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Flameproof enclosure (Ex d IIB) Main switch and distribution switch are operated by external handle. Internal termination is finished. Weidmuller SAK EN series terminals. Entries plugged. Cable glands on request (see P7/20~25). Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BX M(D) 81/ / /

Main switch current K: with main switch (optional) Sub-circuit current Sub-circuit number Design No. M: illumination D: power Explosion-proof distribution boxes

Zones 1&2; 21&22


6/14
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BXM81- / / /

LCIE 11 ATEX 3064X; IECEx CQM 11.0032; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure material Enclosure colour Built-in components Main switch

Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max. 100A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A Stainless steel Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040) MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request MCB (mini circuit breaker)

Sub-circuit switch Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting

Note: electric leakage protection on request Weidmuller SAK EN series Red, green, yellow IP66 -60 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/16)

Standard M

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 25. Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electrical schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXM81 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/15

Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Selection table of BXM81 series explosion-proof illumination distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXM81-4/

/K/

4 1A

BXM81-6/

/K/

MCB or MCCB

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A

BXM81-8/

/K/

MCB 1P/2P

Current: BXM81-10/ /K/ max. 100A BXM81-12/ /K/ 12 10

32A On request

Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 4 x SAK4EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 6 x SAK4EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 8 x SAK4EN+8N+8PE 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M40 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

BXM81-4/

4 1A

BXM81-6/

2A 4A 6A 10A 16A 20A 25A 32A On request

BXM81-8/

MCB 1P/2P

BXM81-10/

10

Incoming 1 x M40x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 10 x SAK4EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M40 x 1.5 3 x SAK35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 12 x SAK4EN+12N+12PE

BXM81-12/

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/16

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIB T6 Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC T80 Db IP66

BXD81- / / /

LCIE 11 ATEX 3064X; IECEx CQM 11.0032; GOST.R (Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008

General power supply Sub circuit current Exposed fastener Enclosure material Enclosure colour Built-in components Main switch

Rated voltage: max. 415V AC 50/60Hz; Rated current: max. 250A 1A, 2A, 4A, 6A, 10A, 16A, 20A, 25A, 32A, 40A, 50A, 63A Stainless steel Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface Window grey (RAL7040)

MCB (mini circuit breaker) or MCCB (moulded case circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request

Sub-circuit switch

MCB (mini circuit breaker) Note: electric leakage protection on request

Terminal Indicator Degree of protection Ambient temperature Cable entries Cable gland (optional) Entry direction Mounting

Weidmuller SAK EN series Red, green, yellow IP66 -60 +55 x 1.5 plug (see the Selection Table on P6/18) 25.

Standard M

DQM-II (Ex d) or DQM-III (Ex d) is recommended. Please see P7/20 Bottom Surface type (standard) Pedestal type (optional)

Electrical schematic diagram

Circuit 1

Circuit 2

Circuit 3

Circuit N

BXD81 Series Explosion-proof power distribution Boxes

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/17

Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Selection table of BXD81 series explosion-proof power distribution boxes


Description Type Main switch Sub-circuit number Sub-circuit switch Sub-circuit current Indicator number Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5 Terminal Cable entries

BXD81-4/

/K/

1A 2A 4A

BXD81-6/

/K/

MCB or MCCB

6A 10A 16A

BXD81-8/

/K/

MCB 3P

20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A

Current: BXD81-10/ /K/ max. 250A BXD81-12/ /K/ 12 10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE 12 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 12 x SAK10EN+4N+4PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 18 x SAK10EN+6N+6PE Incoming 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE Outgoing 24 x SAK10EN+8N+8PE 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 4 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 6 x M25 x 1.5 1 x M50 x 1.5 + 8 x M25 x 1.5

On request

BXD81-4/

1A 2A 4A

BXD81-6/

6A 10A 16A MCB 3P 20A 25A 32A 40A 50A 63A On request

BXD81-8/

BXD81-10/

10

Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 30 x SAK10EN+10N+10PE 10 x M25 x 1.5 Incoming 1 x M50 x 1.5 3 x SAK70/35EN+1N+1PE + Outgoing 12 x M25 x 1.5 36 x SAK10EN+12N+12PE

BXD81-12/

12

Note
1. Please specify the number and size of cable entries and sides of the enclosure to be fitted. 2. Single line drawing (SLD) shall be provided by user. Photocell, timer, AC contactor, thermal relay or others on request. 3. Please specify mounting type when ordering. 4. Rainproof canopy on request.

6/18

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BXM81-4/

/K/

BXM81-6/

/K/

BXM81-8/

/K/

BXM81-10/

/K/

BXM81-12/

/K/

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/19

Distribution Boxes BXD81 Series Explosion-proof Power Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BXD81-4/ /K/

BXD81-6/ /K/

BXD81-8/ /K/

BXD81-10/ /K/

BXD81-12/ /K/

6/20

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Boxes BXM(D)81 Series Explosion-proof Illumination (Power) Distribution Boxes (Ex d IIB)

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Surface type

Pedestal type

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/21

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Flameproof enclosure (Ex d IIB) in aluminium; 13 types (external flange) and 12 types (internal flange). Cable entries can be drilled an d components can be installed by user on request. Safety shall be considered when installing components according to related electrical standards. Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BXT W: external flange enclosure (internal flange without W) Specification code (I, II, IIB Explosion-proof enclosures )

Zones 1&2; 21&22


6/22
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof enclosures


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Degree of protection Ambient temperature Enclosure material Exposed fastener Mounting feet Hinge II 2 G Ex d IIB Gb II 1 D Ex t IIIB Da IP66 LCIE 11 ATEX 3012U; POCC CN. 05.B03637(Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 IP66 -60 ~+100 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface, window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Carbon steel Integral hinges

B XT-

-W

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries I II IIB III IIIB IV IVB

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 8 7 3 2 2 2 V

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 10 9 4 3 3 2 VB

A/B 5 5 2 2 1 1

C/D 12 10 6 4 3 3 VI

A/B 10 9 7 3 3 2

C/D 12 11 9 4 3 3

A/B 16 12 9 5 4 2 VIB

C/D 20 15 12 6 5 3

A/B 12 11 9 4 3 3 VII

C/D 16 14 12 5 4 3

A/B 22 15 12 6 5 3 VIIB

C/D 30 20 16 9 7 5

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 14 12 10 4 4 3

C/D 21 19 15 7 5 5

A/B 24 18 14 8 5 4

C/D 40 27 21 12 9 7

A/B 19 16 13 7 6 3

C/D 33 28 22 13 11 5

A/B 30 20 18 11 6 5

C/D 50 36 30 18 10 9

A/B 28 25 21 11 10 4

C/D 41 35 29 16 13 6

A/B 45 30 25 15 12 7

C/D 65 44 36 21 12 10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/23

Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)

Selection table of BXT-

-W series explosion-proof enclosures (all dimensions in mm)

Enclosure Type A BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W 250 300 350 350 350 450 450 560 560 634 634 720 720 Dimensions a 192 242 292 292 292 378 378 488 488 560 560 640 640 B 200 200 200 300 300 350 350 400 400 434 434 560 560 b 142 142 142 242 242 278 278 328 328 360 360 480 480 C 170 170 170 200 270 210 280 210 280 265 335 275 345 c 120 120 120 150 220 150 220 150 220 205 275 205 275 e 180 230 280 280 280 365 365 475 475 522 522 620 620 f 130 130 130 230 230 265 265 315 315 322 322 460 460 d M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 Weight (kg) 6.70 8.00 9.50 14.50 17.50 23.00 27.50 34.50 39.50 46.00 52.00 74.50 83.00

Mounting feet Type BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W Dimensions A 240 240 240 340 340 400 400 450 450 480 480 620 620 B 200 200 200 300 300 350 350 400 400 430 430 560 560 C 130 130 130 230 230 265 265 315 315 320 320 460 460 D 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 E 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 26 F 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Mounting plate Type BXT-I-W BXT-II-W BXT-IIB-W BXT-III-W BXT-IIIB-W BXT-IV-W BXT-IVB-W BXT-V-W BXT-VB-W BXT-VI-W BXT-VIB-W BXT-VII-W BXT-VIIB-W Dimensions A 170 220 270 270 270 350 350 450 450 530 530 600 600 a 120 170 220 220 220 300 300 390 390 470 470 550 550 B 120 120 120 220 220 250 250 290 290 330 330 440 440 b 70 70 70 170 170 200 200 230 230 270 270 390 390
C 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14

D 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7

t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

6/24

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)

Technical data Explosion-proof enclosures


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates For gas explosion protection For dust explosion protection Conformity to standards Degree of protection Enclosure material Exposed fastener Mounting feet Hinge LCIE 08 ATEX 0004U; IECEX CQM 08.0016U PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 IP66 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface, window grey (RAL7040) Stainless steel Carbon steel Stainless steel hinges II 2 G Ex d IIB Ex tD A21 IP66

BXT-

Cable entry table


Table of max. number of possible enclosure entries I II III IIIB IV IVB

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 7 6 3 2 2 1

C/D 11 10 7 3 3 2

A/B 11 10 7 3 3 2

C/D 13 11 9 4 4 3

A/B 13 11 9 4 4 3

C/D 16 14 11 5 4 4

A/B 26 22 14 11 7 5

C/D 32 28 18 14 8 7

A/B 13 11 9 4 4 3

C/D 18 16 14 6 5 4

A/B 26 22 14 11 7 5

C/D 36 32 21 15 9 7

VB

VI

VIB

VII

VIIB

Size M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5

A/B 26 17 14 12 5 4

C/D 29 19 16 13 6 5

A/B 39 34 14 12 10 8

C/D 43 38 24 20 11 9

A/B 29 19 16 12 6 4

C/D 30 20 16 13 6 5

A/B 43 38 24 20 11 9

C/D 44 40 24 21 11 9

A/B 29 19 16 13 6 5

C/D 36 24 20 16 7 6

A/B 43 38 24 20 11 9

C/D 53 48 27 26 14 11

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/25

Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)

Selection table of BXT-

series explosion-proof enclosures (all dimensions in mm)

c d e a

Enclosure Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 300 350 420 420 480 480 550 550 560 560 670 670 a 235 285 355 355 415 415 480 480 480 480 600 600 B 200 300 350 350 350 350 500 500 550 550 550 550 b 135 235 285 285 285 285 430 430 490 490 480 480 C 165 165 165 265 165 265 195 295 195 295 195 295 c 115 115 115 215 115 215 140 240 140 240 140 240 e 260 290 360 360 425 425 490 490 505 505 615 615 f 160 240 300 300 300 300 450 450 500 500 500 500 d M8 M8 M8 M8 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12 (kg) 10.50 15.25 21.20 23.80 22.75 26.25 40.20 45.60 43.50 49.00 49.50 55.70 Weight

6/26

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Empty Enclosures BXT Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex d IIB)

Selection table of BXT-

series explosion-proof enclosures (all dimensions in mm)

Mounting feet Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 280 390 450 450 450 450 600 600 650 650 650 650 B 250 350 400 400 400 400 550 550 600 600 600 600 C 160 240 300 300 300 300 450 450 500 500 500 500 D 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 40 40 40 50 50 E 16 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 F 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 H 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

Mounting plate Dimensions Type A BXT-I BXT-II BXT-III BXT-IIIB BXT-IV BXT-IVB BXT-V BXT-VB BXT-VI BXT-VIB BXT-VII BXT-VIIB 226 276 346 346 406 406 474 474 484 484 594 594 a 196 246 316 316 376 376 444 444 454 454 564 564 B 126 226 276 276 276 276 424 424 474 474 474 474 b 96 196 246 246 246 246 394 394 444 444 444 444
C 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

D 7 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/27

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Empty Enclosures BXT-S Series Increased Safety Enclosures (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Increased-safety enclosure (Ex e) in stainless steel. Cable entries can be drilled and components can be installed by user on request. Safety shall be considered when installing components according to related electrical standards. Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BXT - S -

Specification code (I, II , III......) Stainless steel Increased safety enclosures

Technical data Increased safety enclosures


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BXT-SII 2 G Ex e II Gb LCIE 10 ATEX 3070U EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006

Degree of protection Enclosure material

IP66 Stainless steel

Zones 1&2
6/28
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Empty Enclosures BXT-S Series Increased Safety Enclosures (Ex e)

Selection table of BXT-S series increased safety enclosures (all dimensions in mm)

Outline & Installation Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Outline dimensions A 120 190 250 300 480 600 860 B 120 150 250 300 480 500 640 C 88.5 88.5 148.5 148.5 148.5 198.5 218.5 D 87 97 157 157 157 207 227 Installation dimensions E 190 260 320 370 550 670 930 F 156 226 286 336 516 636 896 G 80 110 210 260 440 460 600

Note: Other dimensions on request

Internal Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Dimensions A 60 60 120 120 120 170 190 B 76 146 206 243 423 543 803 C 76 106 206 243 423 443 583 Weight (kg) 2.25 3.60 7.40 8.70 18.60 25.70 40.10

Mounting plate Type BXT-S-I BXT-S-II BXT-S-III BXT-S-IV BXT-S-V BXT-S-VI BXT-S-VII Dimensions A 80 130 190 240 420 540 800 B 70 90 190 240 420 440 580 C 60 110 160 210 390 510 770 D 52 70 166 216 390 410 550 E 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 F 10 10 17 17 17 17 17 t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/29

Distribution Boxes and Empty Enclosures


Empty Enclosures BXT8050 Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex e)
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Increased-safety enclosure (Ex e) in GRP; 7 types. Cable entries can be drilled and components can be installed by user on request. Safety shall be considered when installing components according to related electrical standards. Special requirements on request.

Catalogue number logic


BXT 8050-

Specification code (I, II , III Design No. Explosion-proof enclosures

Technical data Explosion-proof enclosures


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BXT8050II 2 G Ex e II LCIE 09 ATEX 3095U EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-7:2007 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2006

Degree of protection Enclosure material Exposed fastener

IP65 GRP (glass fibre-reinforced polyester resin) Stainless steel

Zones 1&2
6/30
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Empty Enclosures BXT8050 Series Explosion-proof Enclosures (Ex e)

Selection table of BXT8050 series explosion-proof enclosures (all dimensions in mm)

Outline & Installation Type BXT8050-I BXT8050-II BXT8050-III BXT8050-IV BXT8050-V BXT8050-VI BXT8050-VII Outline dimensions A 110 130 179 220 360 220 360 B 139 220 260 360 360 220 721 C 98 109 121 121 121 121 171.5 Installation dimensions D 96 116 163 200 340 200 340 E 91 172 200 296 260 156 656 F 6.5 6.5 7 9 9 9 9

Internal Type BXT8050-I BXT8050-II BXT8050-III BXT8050-IV BXT8050-V BXT8050-VI BXT8050-VII Dimensions A 67 94 130 169 266 126 300 B 74 148 174 266 309 208 621 C 81 90 102 102 102 102 102 Weight (kg) 0.80 1.30 2.10 3.25 4.15 2.05 8.40

Mounting plate Type


t

Dimensions A 123 204 240 322 332 175 667 B 94 114 159 188 316 175 296 C 100 190 122 282 282 142 643 D 145 142 282 142 282 E 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

BXT8050-I BXT8050-II BXT8050-III BXT8050-IV BXT8050-V BXT8050-VI BXT8050-VII

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

6/31

Cable Glands and Bushings

7/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands and Bushings

Contents
Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Aluminium Alloy Bushings (Ex e) BHC Series Explosion-proof Cast Iron Bushings (Ex e) BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors (Ex d IIC) BAG Series Explosion-proof Seal Bushings (Ex d IIC) Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Flexible Conduits BNG Series Rubber Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits (Ex d IIC) BNG Series Stainless Steel Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits (Ex d IIC) Accessories 7/26 7/28 7/30 7/16 7/20 7/24 7/2 7/5 7/8 7/12

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs an d products available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/1

Cable Glands and Bushings


Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Aluminium Alloy Bushings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e enclosure, copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface. Widely used for connection in steel pipe wiring system.

Catalogue number logic


BHC Size M: Metric thread Thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread Type: A, B, C, D, E, F , G, H Explosion-proof bushings

Technical data Explosion-proof aluminium alloy bushings


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Enclosure material Enclosure colour Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type Connection thread

BHC-

II 2 G Ex e II LCIE 06 ATEX 6017; IECEx LCI 08.0004 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001 Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface. Window grey (RAL7040) IP65 -20 +55 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Zones 1&2
7/2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Aluminium Alloy Bushings

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type B M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type C M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type D M63 x 1.5 93.5 83 194.5 701024 1.20 115 52 55 63 71 80 83 45 49 54 65 71 204 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 701018 701019 701020 701021 701022 701023 1.20 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 93.5 69 72 80 88 100 83 45 49 54 65 71 204 110 118 145 170 176 701012 701013 701014 701015 701016 701017 1.20 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.55 0.65 W 35 38 45 54 60 72 52 55 63 71 80 H 45 49 54 65 71 83 45 49 54 65 71 L 110 118 145 170 176 204 110 118 145 170 176 701001 701002 701003 701004 701005 701006 701007 701008 701009 701010 701011 0.15 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 0.65 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.65 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)

Type A

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/3

Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Aluminium Alloy Bushings

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type E M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type F M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type G M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type H M63 x 1.5 W 52 55 63 71 80 93.5 35 38 46 54 60 72 35 38 46 54 60 72 30 35 41 51 57 70 H 45 49 54 65 71 83 62 66 71 82 91 104 62 66 71 82 91 104 51 53 64 69 76 95 L 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 194.5 101 108 135 162.5 165.5 194.5 110 118 145 170 176 204 84 89 108 116 130 168 701025 701026 701027 701028 701029 701030 701031 701032 701033 701034 701035 701036 701037 701038 701039 701040 701041 701042 701043 701044 701045 701046 701047 701048 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 1.20 0.20 0.20 0.50 0.50 0.60 1.15 0.20 0.20 0.35 0.50 0.60 1.20 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.55 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)

7/4

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands and Bushings


Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Cast Iron Bushings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e enclosure, cast iron, powder coated external surface. Widely used for connection in steel pipe wiring system.

Catalogue number logic


BHC Size M: Metric thread Thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread Type: A, B, C, D, E, F , G, H Explosion-proof bushings

Technical data Explosion-proof cast iron bushings


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BHCII 2 G Ex e II

LCIE 06 ATEX 6017; IECEx LCI 08.0004 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-7:2003 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001

Enclosure material Enclosure colour Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type Connection thread

Cast iron; powder coated extenal surface. Window grey (RAL 7040) IP65 -20 +55

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/5

Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Cast Iron Bushings

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type A M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type B M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type C M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type D M63 x 1.5 W 32 35 42 54 60 72 50 60 70 84 90 104 68 85 98 114 117 136 50 60 70 84 90 104 H 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 38 48 55 70 78 90 L 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 100 110 132 140 150 196 702001 702002 702003 702004 702005 702006 702007 702008 702009 702010 702011 702012 702013 702014 702015 702016 702017 702018 702019 702020 702021 702022 702023 702024 0.55 0.65 0.85 1.25 1.50 2.65 0.60 0.75 1.00 1.30 1.60 2.85 0.65 0.80 1.15 1.40 1.70 2.80 0.55 0.75 0.85 1.25 1.55 3.00 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)

7/6

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories for Installation BHC Series Explosion-proof Cast Iron Bushings

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type E M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type F M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type G M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Type H M63 x 1.5 W 50 60 70 84 90 104 30 35 42 50 60 72 30 35 42 54 60 72 30 35 42 50 60 72 H 38 48 55 70 78 90 58 73 83 100 108 122 58 73 83 100 108 122 58 73 83 100 108 122 L 100 110 132 140 150 196 100 110 132 140 150 196 120 135 160 170 180 228 120 135 160 170 180 228 702025 702026 702027 702028 702029 702030 702031 702032 702033 702034 702035 702036 702037 702038 702039 702040 702041 702042 702043 702044 702045 702046 702047 702048 0.55 0.75 0.90 1.25 1.65 2.50 0.55 0.65 0.95 1.25 1.55 2.85 0.55 0.70 0.95 1.25 1.25 2.75 0.30 0.30 0.45 0.65 0.80 1.55 Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/7

Cable Glands and Bushings


Accessories for Installation BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Available i n nickel plated brass, stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel.

Catalogue number logic


BGJ ( )/ ( )
M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread I: Pipe connector Function II: Reducer III: Connector Explosion-proof connectors M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread

Technical data Explosion-proof connectors


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BGJ-

)/

( )

II 2 G Ex d IIC LCIE 06 ATEX 6018; IECEx LCI 08.0005 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003

Material Type Function

Nickel plated brass, stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel. F/F, M/F or M/M Pipe connector, reducer, connector

Zones 1&2
7/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories for Installation BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 A 30 B 27 C 25 D L 34 code (kg) Dimensions (mm) Ordering Weight

703001

0.10

M25 x 1.5

36

32

31

34

703002

0.10

M32 x 1.5

42

38

37

40

703003

0.15

M40 x 1.5

52

47

46

40

703004

0.25

M50 x 1.5

60

55

54

40

703005

0.25

BGJ-I

(F)/

(F)

M63 x 1.5

70

66

65

42

703006

0.35

M20 x 1.5

30

27

25

13

36

703007

0.10

M25 x 1.5

36

32

31

18

36

703008

0.10

M32 x 1.5

42

38

37

25

42

703009

0.15

M40 x 1.5

52

47

46

32

42

703010

0.20

M50 x 1.5

60

55

54

38

42

703011

0.25

BGJ-I

(M)/

(F)

M63 x 1.5

70

66

65

50

44

703012

0.35

M20 x 1.5

25

22

13

36

703013

0.05

M25 x 1.5

30

27

18

36

703014

0.10

M32 x 1.5

40

35

24

42

703015

0.15

M40 x 1.5

50

45

32

42

703016

0.25

M50 x 1.5

58

52

38

42

703017

0.25

BGJ-I

(M)/

(M)

M63 x 1.5

67

62

50

42

703018

0.35

Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/9

Accessories for Installation BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors

Selection table
Female thread Versions G1 G2 L Dimensions (mm) Ordering code Weight (kg)

M20 x 1.5

M25 x 1.5

34

7030019

0.10

M25 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5

34

703020

0.15

M32 x 1.5

M40 x 1.5

40

703021

0.25

M40 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

40

703022

0.30

BGJ-II

(F)/

(F)

M50 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

40

703023

0.35

M20 x 1.5

M25 x 1.5

24

703024

0.05

M25 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5

24

703025

0.10

M32 x 1.5

M40 x 1.5

34

703026

0.25

M40 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

30

703027

0.45

BGJ-II

(M)/

(F)

M50 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

33

703028

0.60

M20 x 1.5

M25 x 1.5

36

703029

0.10

M25 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5

36

703030

0.15

M32 x 1.5

M40 x 1.5

42

703031

0.25

M40 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

42

703032

0.25

BGJ-II

(M)/

(M)

M50 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

42

703033

0.35

Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.

7/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories for Installation BGJ Series Explosion-proof Connectors

Selection table
Female thread Versions G M20 x 1.5 A 38 B 15 L 40 code (kg) Dimensions (mm) Ordering Weight

703034

0.15

M25 x 1.5

46

20

40

703035

0.25

M32 x 1.5

50

25

46

703036

0.35

M40 x 1.5

65

32

46

703037

0.50

M50 x 1.5

75

38

46

703038

0.50

BGJ- III

(F)/

(F)

M63 x 1.5

85

50

52

703039

0.85

M20 x 1.5

38

15

55

703040

0.20

M25 x 1.5

46

20

55

703041

0.30

M32 x 1.5

50

25

64

703042

0.45

M40 x 1.5

65

32

64

703043

0.60

M50 x 1.5

75

38

64

703044

0.65

BGJ- III

(M)/

(F)

M63 x 1.5

85

50

73

703045

1.05

M20 x 1.5

38

15

64

703046

0.20

M25 x 1.5

46

20

64

703047

0.30

M32 x 1.5

50

25

74

703048

0.45

M40 x 1.5

65

32

74

703049

0.70

M50 x 1.5 BGJ- III (M)/ (M)

75

38

74

703050

0.75

M63 x 1.5

85

50

84

703051

1.20

Note: Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/11

Cable Glands and Bushings


Accessories for Installation BAG Series Explosion-proof Seal Bushings
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ex d enclosure, copper-free aluminium, powder coated external surface. Widely used for isolating seal between pipes or pipes and explosion-proof enclosures.

Catalogue number logic


BAG Size Thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread Z: Vertical type H: Horizontal type P: Drainage type

Type

Explosion-proof seal bushings

Technical data Explosion-proof seal bushings


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC Db IP66 DNV 12 ATEX_____; PCEC (China) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-31:2008 Enclosure material Enclosure colour Degree of protection Ambient temperature Type Connection thread Copper-free aluminium; powder coated external surface. Window grey (RAL 7040) IP66 -60 +100

BAG-

Type Z, Type H, Type P Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Zones 1&2; 21&22


7/12
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories for Installation BAG Series Explosion-proof Seal Bushings

Selection table
Female thread Dimensions (mm) Versions G A B Cable outer diameter (mm) Ordering code Weight(kg)

M20 x 1.5

77

54

10

704001

0.10

M25 x 1.5

87

65

10

14

704002

0.15

Type Z

M32 x 1.5

102

78

12

17

704003

0.20

M40 x 1.5

130

87

15

23

704004

0.35

M50 x 1.5

130

92

17

26

704005

0.35

Type Z

M63 x 1.5

140

107

25

35

704006

0.50

M20 x 1.5

74

95

10

704007

0.30

M25 x 1.5

74

101

10

14

704008

0.30

M32 x 1.5

74

107

12

17

704009

0.30

M40 x 1.5 Type H M50 x 1.5

98

115

15

23

704010

0.35

98

134

17

26

704011

0.45

M63 x 1.5

120

142

25

35

704012

0.55

M20 x 1.5

88

61

10

704013

0.15

M25 x 1.5

100

74

10

14

704014

0.20

Type P

M32 x 1.5

111

83

12

17

704015

0.25

M40 x 1.5

130

116

15

23

704016

0.45

M50 x 1.5

130

121

17

26

704017

0.45

Type P

M63 x 1.5

140

143

25

35

704018

0.65

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/13

Accessories for Installation BAG Series Explosion-proof Seal Bushings

Schematic diagram

BAG-Z(Vertical type M20 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5)

BAG-Z(Vertical type M40 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5)

BAG-P(Drainage type M20 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5)

BAG-P(Drainage type M40 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5)

BAG-H(Horizontal type)

7/14

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands and Bushings


Cable Glands
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d and Ex e versions Cable glands -Suitable for armored or unarmored cable -Suitable for cable or steel pipe wiring

Explosion-proof cable glands include: 1) DQM-I (Ex e) -Plastic, unarmored -Metal, unarmored or armored 2) DQM-II (Ex d) -Metal, unarmored, single seal -Metal, armored, dual seal 3) DQM-III (Ex d) -Metal, armored, compound barrier

Zones 1&2
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/15

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Plastic Unarmored

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Plastic Unarmored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure, made of plastic, black. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable. Without stopping rod

With stopping rod

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-I Ex e (plastic unarmored)


II 2 G Ex e II PTB 04 ATEX 1087X; IECEx CQM 07.0009 EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Plastic, black IP65 -20 +55 ; NPT

Metric thread is standard type; G thread is optional, but limited at G3/4 thread is not suitable.

Selection table
Versions Gland size 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 Standard entry thread B M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 6 9 12 10 17 23 32 Max 8 12 13 16 18 25 32 44 Minimum thread length C (mm) 15 15 15 15 14 14 15 Ordering code 705001 705002 705003 705004 705005 705006 705007 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.11 0.15

Note: 1. Supplied with locknut (nickel plated brass) and seal gasket, without stopping rod. 2. Stopping rod on request. See P7/31.

7/16

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Unarmored

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Unarmored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable.

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-I Ex e (metal unarmored)


II 2 G Ex e II PTB 04 ATEX 1087X; IECEx CQM 07.0009 EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 10 14 18 22 32 Max 10 14 18 25 32 44 Minimum thread length C (mm) 15 15 17 17 17 17 Ordering code 706001 706002 706003 706004 706005 706006 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.15 0.30 0.50 0.55 0.70

Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/17

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex e structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for both armored and unarmored cable. Cable wiring

Steel pipe wiring

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-I Ex e (metal armored)


II 2 G Ex e II PTB 04 ATEX 1087X; IECEx CQM 07.0009 EN 50014:1997+A1+A2, EN 50019:2000 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-7:2001

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Selection table
Versions Cable outer Cable outer Standard Gland entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) size Max Max Min C 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 707001 707002 707003 707004 707005 707006 707007 707008 707009 707010 707011 707012 0.20 0.20 0.40 0.35 0.65 0.60 0.90 0.90 1.35 1.25 2.35 2.25

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

7/18

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands DQM-I Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex e) Metal Armored

Selection table
Versions Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) size Max Max Min C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 63S Steel pipe wiring 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 707013 707014 707015 707016 707017 707018 707019 707020 707021 707022 707023 707024 0.25 0.20 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.05 0.95 1.45 1.40 2.55 2.45

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied with locknut and seal gasket. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/19

Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal

Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Single seal, suitable for unarmored cable. Cable wiring

Steel pipe wiring

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-II Ex d (unarmored single seal)


II 2 G Ex d IIC LCIE 06 ATEX 6100; IECEx LCI 08.0011 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP65 -20 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 Cable wiring 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 6.5 10 11 14 20 25 Max 11 15 18 24 27 35 Minimum thread length C (mm) 16 16 16 16 16 16 Ordering code 708001 708002 708003 708004 708005 708006 Weight (kg) 0.15 0.25 0.40 0.55 0.65 0.90

Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

7/20

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Unarmored Single Seal

Selection table
Versions Gland size 20 25 32 40 50 Steel pipe wiring 63 Standard entry thread B M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Standard entry thread D M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 10 12 15 18 26 30 Max 14 17 23 30 37 47 Minimum Ordering Weight thread length (kg) code C (mm) 15 15 17 17 17 17 708007 708008 708009 708010 708011 708012 0.20 0.25 0.40 0.60 0.75 1.15

Note: 1. Standard material is galvanized carbon steel. Nickel plated brass or stainless steel is optional. Weight above is based upon galvanized carbon steel. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/21

Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal
Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Dual seal, suitable for both armored and unarmored cable. Cable wiring

Steel pipe wiring

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-II Ex d (armored dual seal)


II 2 G Ex d IIC LCIE 06 ATEX 6100; IECEx LCI 08.0011 EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP66 -20 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Selection table
Type Standard Gland entry thread size C 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Min 5 7 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 Max 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 Cable outer diameter B (mm) Min 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 Max 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum thread length D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 Ordering code 709001 709002 709003 709004 709005 709006 709007 709008 709009 709010 709011 709012 Weight (kg) 0.35 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.10 1.05 1.60 1.50 2.55 2.45

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

7/22

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands DQM-II Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Dual Seal

Selection table
Versions Minimum Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland Ordering Weight entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) thread length (kg) size code D (mm) Min Max Min Max C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Steel pipe wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 5 7 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 9 13 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 46 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 709013 709014 709015 709016 709017 709018 709019 709020 709021 709022 709023 709024 0.40 0.35 0.50 0.45 0.75 0.70 1.20 1.15 1.70 1.65 2.75 2.70

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/23

Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier

Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Ex d structure; available in stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel. Cable wiring With seal ring and sealing compound; suitable for armored cable. The compound consists of type A and type B; it can solidify Steel pipe wiring after mixing together

Technical data Explosion-proof cable glands


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

DQM-III Ex d (armored compound barrier)


II 2 G Ex d IIC Ex d IIC Gb

Nemko 10 ATEX 1005X; IECEx CQM 11.0028 EN 60079-0:2006, EN 60079-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007

Gland material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread

Stainless steel, nickel plated brass or galvanized carbon steel IP66 -20 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional.

Selection table
Versions Gland size 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Cable wiring 63S 63 Standard entry thread C M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Cable outer diameter A (mm) Max 7 11 11 16 16 19 19 25 25 32 32 42 Cable outer diameter B (mm) Min 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 Max 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 Minimum Ordering thread length code D (mm) 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 710001 710002 710003 710004 710005 710006 710007 710008 710009 710010 710011 710012 Weight (kg) 0.30 0.30 0.40 0.35 0.60 0.55 0.95 0.90 1.55 1.35 2.35 2.25

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

7/24

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Cable Glands DQM-III Series Explosion-proof Cable Glands (Ex d IIC) Armored Compound Barrier

Selection table
Versions Minimum Cable outer Cable outer Standard Standard Gland Ordering Weight entry thread entry thread diameter A (mm) diameter B (mm) thread length (kg) size code D (mm) Max Min Max C E 20S 20 25S 25 32S 32 40S 40 50S 50 Steel pipe wiring 63S 63 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M75 x 1.5 7 11 11 16 16 19 19 25 25 32 32 42 7 11 11 14 14 19 19 22 22 29 29 37 13 17 17 23 23 29 29 36 36 47 47 58 15 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 710013 710014 710015 710016 710017 710018 710019 710020 710021 710022 710023 710024 0.35 0.30 0.45 0.40 0.70 0.65 1.05 0.05 1.55 1.50 2.55 2.45

Note: 1. Standard material is nickel plated brass. Stainless steel or galvanized carbon steel is optional. Weight above is based upon nickel plated brass. 2. Supplied without locknut. 3. Earth lug and shroud on request. See P7/31.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/25

Cable Glands and Bushings


Flexible Conduits BNG Series Rubber Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ex d structure; rubber body; connectors at both ends in galvanized carbon steel. Application: -Widely used for flexible connection between explosion-proof boxes or explosion-proof light fittings and pipes. -Protect cable from any damage. -Corrosion-proof.

Catalogue number logic


BNG ( )/ ( )

M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread

M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread

Length Explosion-proof flexible conduits

Technical data Rubber explosion-proof flexible conduits


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 DNV 10 ATEX 87636U; IECEx CQM 11.0014U; POCC CN. 05.B03637(Russia)

BNG-

)/

( )

EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 61241-0:2006, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004

Material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread Type

Rubber body; connectors at both ends in galvanized carbon steel. IP66 -60 +55

Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional. F/F, M/F or M/M

Zones 1&2; 21&22


7/26
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Flexible Conduits BNG Series Rubber Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits

Selection table
Internal nominal diameter (mm) 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (F) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (M) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (F)/ (F) 50 Pipe connector thread G M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Length L (mm) 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 Minimum bending radius (mm) 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 Ordering code Weight (kg)

Versions

711001 711002 711003 711004 711005 711006 711007 711008 711009 711010 711011 711012 711013 711014 711015 711016 711017 711018 711019 711020 711021 711022 711023 711024 711025 711026 711027 711028 711029 711030 711031 711032 711033 711034 711035 711036

0.70 0.70 1.00 1.25 1.45 1.65 1.95 2.20 2.35 2.65 4.35 4.80 0.60 0.65 0.95 1.15 1.25 1.45 1.65 1.90 2.00 2.35 4.00 4.50 0.80 0.85 1.15 1.40 1.55 1.70 2.35 2.40 2.65 2.85 4.55 5.00

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/27

Cable Glands and Bushings


Flexible Conduits BNG Series Stainless Steel Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Zone 21 and Zone 22 Ex d structure; stainless steel body; connectors at both ends in stainless steel. Application: -Widely used for flexible connection between explosion-proof boxes or explosion-proof light fittings and pipes. -Protect cable from any damage. -Highly corrosion-proof.

Catalogue number logic


BNG x ( )/ ( )

M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread M: Male thread F: Female thread Size Thread

M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread M: Metric thread NPT: NPT thread G: Pipe thread

Length Explosion-proof flexible conduits

Technical data Stainless steel explosion-proof flexible conduits


Explosion protection Gas explosion protection Dust explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards Material Degree of protection Ambient temperature Connection thread Type II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP66 DNV 10 ATEX 87636U; IECEx CQM 11.0014U; POCC CN. 05.B03637(Russia) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 61241-0:2006, EN 61241-1:2004 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 61241-0:2004, IEC 61241-1:2004 Stainless steel body; connectors at both ends in stainless steel. IP66 -60 +55 Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional. F/F, M/F or M/M

BNG- x

( )/

( )

Zones 1&2; 21&22


7/28
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Flexible Conduits BNG Series Stainless Steel Explosion-proof Flexible Conduits

Selection table
Internal nominal diameter (mm) 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (F) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (M)/ (M) 50 15 15 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 BNG- x (F)/ (F) 50 Pipe connector thread G M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Length L (mm) 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 700 1000 Minimum bending radius (mm) 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 80 80 110 110 145 145 180 180 210 210 250 250 Ordering code Weight (kg)

Versions

712001 712002 712003 712004 712005 712006 712007 712008 712009 712010 712011 712012 712013 712014 712015 712016 712017 712018 712019 712020 712021 712022 712023 712024 712025 712026 712027 712028 712029 712030 712031 712032 712033 712034 712035 712036

0.55 0.70 0.85 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.25 1.30 1.70 1.95 2.35 2.40 0.50 0.65 0.80 0.95 1.00 1.05 1.15 1.20 1.60 1.80 2.15 2.25 0.65 0.75 0.95 1.05 1.10 1.30 1.35 1.40 1.80 2.15 2.55 3.15

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/29

Cable Glands and Bushings


Accessories
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2

Accessories for cable gland include stopping rod, stopping plug, shroud, earth lug, etc., meeting requir ements o f connection between enclosure and cable gland. For example, the DQM-I Ex e stopping rod is used for DQM-I Ex e cable gland in plastic to plug up explosion-proof enclosure. Ex e stopping plug in plastic is used to plug up cable entrie s on Ex e enclosure. Ex d stopping plug in aluminium alloy and metal is used to plug up cable entries on Ex d enclosure. The shroud protects cable gland against damage. The earth lug between cable gland and enclosure for earth connection.

Zones 1&2
7/30
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories

Selection table of DQM-I Ex e stopping rod


Dimensions (mm) Versions Specification L 8 (for M16 x 1.5, M20 x 1.5) 12 (for M25 x 1.5, M32 x 1.5) 23 (for M40 x 1.5) 32 (for M50 x 1.5, M63 x 1.5) DQM-I Ex e stopping rod Material: Plastic Ambient temperature: -40 +55 24 28 34 34 D 10 13 27 35 d 7.5 11.5 23 32 Ordering code 713001 713002 713003 713004 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05

Function: Suitable for DQM-I Ex e plastic unarmored cable gland (see P7/16).

Selection table of shroud


Versions Specification For M20 x 1.5, G1/2 , 1/2 NPT For M25 x 1.5, G3/4 , 3/4 NPT For M32 x 1.5, G1 , 1 NPT For M40 x 1.5, G11/4 , 1 1/4 NPT For M50 x 1.5, G11/2 , 1 1/2 NPT For M63 x 1.5, G2 , 2 NPT Shroud Material: PE heat shrinkable pipe Function: Used as protection shroud for cable glands. When heated, it shrinks to cover cable glands with high water-proof and corrosion-proof performance. Ordering code 719001 719002 719003 719004 719005 719006 Weight(kg) 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.15 0.20

Selection table of earth lug


Versions Specification( A,mm) Rated short circuit current per second (kA) Ordering code Weight(kg) 20 25 32 40 50 Earth lug
A

3.0 4.0 5.4 7.2 10.4 10.4 10.4

716001 716002 716003 716004 716005 716006 716007

0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.10 0.10 0.15

63 75 Material: Red copper Function: Earth connection.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/31

Accessories

Selection table of stopping plug (Ex e, plastic)


Dimensions(mm) Versions Specification L1 M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 Ex e stopping plug in plastic M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 19 24 29.5 41 50 57 70 L2 10 10 12 12 15 15 15 II 2 G Ex e II +55 M M16 x 1.5 M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 714001 714002 714003 714004 714005 714006 714007 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Ordering code Weight(kg)

Explosion protection: Ambient temperature: -40 Material: Plastic

Function: To be used at spare entries of explosion-proof equipment; made of plastic; corrosion-proof and water-proof; standard metric thread; supplied with seal gasket. Note: Shall be used together with locknut.

Selection table of BPT stopping plug (Ex d)


Versions

BPT stopping plug (copper-free aluminium)


Specification A M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 30 36 45 54 62 8 8 10 10 10 Dimensions(mm) S L 22 21 26 26 26 L1 17 17 20 20 20 M M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 Ordering code 715001 715002 715003 715004 715005 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.10

BPT Ex stopping plug

M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5

BPT stopping plug (galvanized carbon steel, nickel plated brass or stainless steel.)
Specification A M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 30 36 45 54 62 81 S 27 32 38 47 55 66 Dimensions(mm) L 22 22 26 26 26 30 L1 17 17 20 20 20 22 M M20 x 1.5 M25 x 1.5 M32 x 1.5 M40 x 1.5 M50 x 1.5 M63 x 1.5 Ordering code 715011 715012 715013 715014 715015 715016 Weight (kg) 0.05 0.07 0.15 0.17 0.26 0.47

Explosion protection: BPT Ex stopping plug Ambient temperature: -40

II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb +95

Certificate No.: LCIE 09 ATEX 3040 Material: Copper-free aluminium, galvanized carbon steel, nickel plated brass or stainless steel. Function: Metric thread is standard type; G thread or NPT thread is optional. To be used at spare entries of explosion-proof equipment; corrosion-proof and water-proof; supplied with seal gasket (not applicable for NPT thread). Note: Please specify material when ordering. The weight above is based upon nickel plated brass .

7/32

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Accessories

Selection table of BHX breather


Explosion protection: II 2 G Ex e II Gb II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC Db IP66 Conformity to standards EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008 Material: Nickel plated brass Thread specification: M20 Breather 1.5

Selection table of BPS drain plug


Explosion protection: II 2 G Ex e II Gb II 2 G Ex d IIC Gb II 2 D Ex t IIIC Db IP66 Conformity to standards EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-31:2009 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-31:2008 Material: Nickel plated brass Thread specification: M20 1.5 Drain plug

25

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

7/33

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins

8/0

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins

Contents
General Introduction 8/2

Air Conditioners BKC Series Explosion-proof Window Air Conditioners (Ex d nC IIB) BKF Series Explosion-proof Wall Air Conditioners (Ex d[ib] ib nC IIB, IIC) BKG Series Explosion-proof Tank Air Conditioners (Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIB, IIC) 8/4 8/6 8/8

Pressurized products PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets (Ex deib[ib]px IIB) PXB Series Explosion-proof Engineering Cabins 8/12 8/16

More products are under development. Please contact us or visit our website for the latest development. We reserve the right to make alteration to the technical data, weight, dimensions, designs and products available without notice.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/1

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


General Introduction
Air Conditioners
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Mounting: window type, split wall type, and split tank type. Ambient temp eratu re grou ps of T1,T2 ,T3 a re av ailab le to meet different climates all over the world. Ambient temperature T1 ranges fr om -7 ~43 , Am bie nt tem perature T2 ranges from -7 ~35 , Ambient temperature T3 ranges from -7 ~52 , The

explosion-proof treatment of products of T1,T2,T3 groups is based on MITSUBISHI, O GENERAL (FUJI) Carrer or GREE, User should choose the prope r product according to the local ambient temperature. The pr od uc t c an adj ust ind oor tem per atu re a nd f il te r a ir automatic ally, and pro vide comfortable environment. Also, it is used to eliminate humidity and fresh the air. It can be widely used in explosive gas atmosphere of II A, II B, II C with temperature groups of T1, T2, T3, suc h as petr oleum, chemical, mine, oil storage, pharmacy, gas station, liquefied gas station,military facilities, etc.. Product of T1 group is suitable in area with medium temperature while low temperature for T2 product and high for T3 respectively. For e xplos ion-p roof windo w air conditio ner, the corresponding product is the single cooling air condi tioner in T1, T3 group. For spl it tank and s plit wall types , bot h si ngle co olin g and combined heating an d cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available. Norm ally, th e product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering. The Technical Parameters of all kinds of air conditioners are that of T1 temperature class. Cooling capacity Generally, cooling c apacity of 1P (horse power) equals to 2000Kcal. Acco rding to i ntern ation al standard, cooling capacity of 1P=2000Kcal x 1.162=2324(W). W represents cooling capacity. Cooli ng capacit y of 1.5P=2000Kcal x 1.5 x 1.162=3486(W). Therefore, it is easy to determine horse power of the air conditioner and the cooling capacity. Normally, 1P product is defined in the range of 2200(W) 2600(W); 3200(W) 3600(W) for 1.5P; 4500 (W) 5100(W) for 2P. For Brit is h uni t, it shou ld be calc ulated as follows: A(BTU) x 1.06 3.6 =B (W). For instance, 18000 (BTU) x 1.06 3.6=5300 (W), that is, 2P air conditioner. In room of

3 meters high and with out large heating unit, air conditioner of 1P , 1.5P, 2P, 3P, or 5P is suitably used in areas of 12 18, 20 25, 24 36, 30 40, 40 60(m2). Increase the cooling capacity accordingly if height of room exceeds 3 meters or there is frequent personnel in and out.

Pressurized products
Distribution Cabinets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Explosion-proof types IIB. Available in types G(Cabinet type), X(Box type), Q(Piano type), T(Special requirement). The explosion-proof performance is achieved by isolating the ignition source by medium, that is, to put all the electrical components in an enclosure filled with pressurized and clean medium, which makes the combustible mixed gas unable to get in touch with

8/2

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


the spark or dangerous temperature produced by the components during normal working. The product consists of main panel and bracket panel. The main panel is of pressurized cavity, with electrical components that users need and pressure check sensor system, ventilation air distribution system, and air conditioning system, etc; the bracket panel is installed with explosion-proof ventilation auto-control system, explosion-proof power auto-cut system, explosion-proof alarm sys tem, explosion-proof pressure display system, and air in/out connector; the bracket panel with auto-air supply is equipped with explosion-proof air supply device; Px series pressurized cabinet is set with ventilation inter-lock mechanism; the bracket panel can be energized and start to detect the air pressure of main cavity only after ventilation of main panel cavity, reach stipulated time and ventilation value, and there is n o combustib le gas in the ma in panel; mak e sure the electrical components have been isolated effectively by medium before operation; When user supplies air, clean or inert gas must be provided. Generally, the on-site instrument air can meet requirement. Air pressure is 0.2-0.8MPa or 0.2-0.5MPa (subject to volume size of main cavity); The applicable power system is the AC three-phase four-wire 380/220 system and all the light current system; high voltage system is not applicable. Pz series pressurized cabinet is a pressurized explosion-proof cabinet designed for Zone 2; compared with Px series, Pz series le ave out the sa fety device t hat checks ventilation time, and only marks the ventilation time; it is operated according to requirement before energizing of main cavity by user; when air pressure is lower than 100Pa, the auto-control system automati cally alarms (audio and visual); opens air inflow and automatically adjusts inner air; when air inflow succe sses, it recovers to normal; if not, the air pressure decreases to 60Pa; the system does not automatically de-energize, but continues to alarm. When ordering users should provide electric system drawing, control schemati c dia gram, b rand of inn er compone nts, layout drawing of panel components, cable side of inlet/out, and quantity, etc.

Engineering Cabins
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in carbon steel or stainless steel. Two enclosure types. Can be customized on request. The pressurized engineering cabin is integral of the combination, completion, and installation of industrial online instruments, and is firstly widely used in oil field, oil refining, and chemical enterprise; The engineering cabinet is of steel construction; the inner and outer walls are both steel plate, with thermal ins ulati ng layer in the middle; The product is mainly applicable for on-site centralized control, dispatch, craft analysis and instrument monitoring; The system consists of main structure of room, pressurized control system, pressur ized vent ilation s ystem, pr essure mo nitoring system, detection system of combustible gas, detection system of toxic gas, high temperature alarm system, smog alarm system, audio and visual alarm system, lighting system, air conditioner system, general power system and electrical system.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/3

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


Catalogue number logic
BK C /
Rated voltage Nominal cooling capacity percentage Window type Explosion-proof air conditioner

General Introduction
For explosion-proof window air conditioner, the corresponding product is the single cooling air conditioner in T1 and T3 group. It is mainly used in h igh temperature areas, such as Middle East, Middle Africa, South Asia and tropical zone nearby the equator. Explosion-proof window air conditioner is developed on base of produ ct of Carrier, O GENERAL (FUJI) or GREE brand, by conducting explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, indoor and outdoor fan motors, temperature sensor system, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling system, etc., after which the outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones. Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.

Technical data Explosion-proof window air conditioners


Explosion protection Certificates Conformity to standards

BKC- /

II 3 G Ex d nC IIB T4 Gc LCIE 11 ATEX 1002X; IECEx CQM 11.0021X EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-15:2010

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

BHD51

Zone 2
8/4
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners BKC Series Explosion-proof Window Air Conditioners

Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power (W) Rated current (A) Application areas (m2) Indoor unit
Sound level (dB)

BKC-50/220 5400 18000 220/50 2P 2750 12.8 22 32 53 60 730 680 50 450

BKC-70/220 7000 24000 220/50 3P 3770 17.4 30 40 57 63 730 680 55 450

Outdoor unit Outline dimensions (L x W x H) (mm) Weight (kg) Note Technical data above for products of T1 rating.

Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code

T1, AC220V/50Hz BKC-50/220 Explosion-proof fan motor T3, AC220V/50Hz

801001

801002

T1, AC220V/50Hz BKC-70/220 Explosion-proof fan motor Explosion-proof fan motor T3, AC220V/50Hz

801003

801004

T1, AC220V/50Hz BKC-50/220 Explosion-proof compressor T3, AC220V/50Hz

801005

801006

T1, AC220V/50Hz BKC-70/220 Explosion-proof compressor Explosion-proof compressor T3, AC220V/50Hz

801007

801008

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/5

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


Catalogue number logic
BK F R /
Rated voltage Nominal cooling capacity percentage Heating and cooling type(cooling type without R) Wall type Explosion-proof air conditioner

General Introduction
For explosion-proof wall air conditioner, both single cooling and combined heating and cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available, to meet different requirements of low, med ium and high temperature zones world wide. Explosiooon-proof wall air conditioner is developed on base of normal product of MITSUBISHI, Carrier, O GENERAL (FUJI) or GREE br ands, by taking explosion-proof measures to indoor and outdoor units. Measures to ou tdoor unit: by taking special technics and control, conduct explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, outdoor fan motor, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling system, etc. Besides, explos ion-proof control box and s ensor sys tem are c oped with intrinsic safety. The outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatment. Indoor unit: by taking special technics and control, dismantle internal electric control units and redesign to explosion-proof structure whi ch enable s seperat e explosi on-proof control box. Remote controller (3V safet y power) and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The outline dimensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatment. Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/ 6 0Hz, AC 230V/ 50Hz, AC230V /60Hz , AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.

Technical data Explosion-proof wall air conditioners


Explosion protection Outdoor unit BYS Compressor BZC Control station BDJ-W Fan motor Indoor unit BDJ-N Fan motor BXK Control station Certificates Conformity to standards

BKF(R)- /
II 3 G Ex nC II 146 (T3) II 3 G Ex d IIB II 3 G Ex d IIB II 2 G Ex d IIB T4 II 2 G Ex d[ib] ib IIB T4 IECEx CQM 08.0017X PCEC(China) Whole unit: Ex nCd[ib] ib IIB 146 Outdoor unit: Ex dnC IIB 146 Indoor unit: Ex d[ib] ib IIB T4 Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIB T4 Gc Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIC T4 Gc

LCIE 08 ATEX 6031X

EN 60079-0:2004, EN 60079-1:2004, EN 60079-11:2007, EN 60079-15:2005 IEC 60079-0:2004, IEC 60079-1:2003, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-11:2006, IEC 60079-15:2005

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration


Indoor unit Control box

Outdoor unit

Cable

Cable

Brass pipe

Outdoor

Indoor

Zones 1&2
8/6
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners BKF Series Explosion-proof Wall Air Conditioners

Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Heating capacity (W) Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power/Current (W/A) Heating input power/Current (W/A) Application areas (m ) Sound level (dB) Indoor unit Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outline dimensions Outdoor unit (L x W x H) (mm) Control box Indoor unit Weight (kg) Outdoor unit Control box Note Technical data above for products of T1 rating.
2

BKF-50/220 5550 18000

BKFR-50/220 5550 18000 6200

BKF-71/220 7400 24000

BKFR-71/220 7400 24000 8400

220/50 2P 2060/9.6

220/50 2P 2060/9.8 1790/8.48

220/50 3P 2650/12.2

220/50 3P 2650/12.4 2770/13.0

24

36

22

27

29

48

27

34

43 49 1100 x 358 x 294 860 x 655 x 330 420 x 350 x 178 16 54 10

43 51 1100 x 358 x 294 860 x 655 x 330 420 x 350 x 178 16 58 10

44 53 1100 x 358 x 294 860 x 655 x 330 420 x 350 x 178 16 78 10

44 54 1100 x 358 x 294 860 x 655 x 330 420 x 350 x 178 16 78 10

Accessories
Image Name Application T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor Explosion-proof indoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof compressor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof compressor Explosion-proof compressor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-50/220 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz T1, AC220V/50Hz BKF(R)-71/220 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor T2, AC220V/50Hz T3, AC220V/50Hz Ordering code 802001 802002 802003 802004 802005 802006 802007 802008 802009 802010 802011 802012 802013 802014 802015 802016 802017 802018

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/7

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


Catalogue number logic
BK G R /
Rated voltage Nominal cooling capacity percentage Heating and cooling type (cooling type without R) Tank type Explosion-proof air conditioner

General Introduction
For explosion-proof tank air conditioner, both single cooling and combined heating and cooling products in T1, T2,and T3 are available, to meet different requirements of low, medium and high temperature zones world wide. Explosion-proof tank air conditioner is developed on base of normal product of MITSUBISHI, Carrier, O GENERAL(FUJI) or GREE brands, by taking explosion- proof measures to indoor and outdoor units. Measures to outdoor unit: by taking special technic s and c ontro l, co nduct explosion-proof treatment to internal control units, compressor, outdoor fan motor, protective system, heat-removal system, cooling s ystem, etc . Besides, explosion -proof con trol box and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The o utline dim ensions an d installation are the same as the original ones after explosionproof treatment. Indoor unit: b y taking special technics and control, dismantle internal electric control units and re-design to explosion-proof structure which enables seperate expl osion-proo f control box. Remote controller and sensor system are coped with intrinsic safety. The outline d imensions and installation are the same as the original ones after explosion-proof treatm ent . Normally, the product is of T1 temperature class rated voltage is AC220V/50Hz. other voltages are available, such as AC220V/ 60Hz, AC230V/50Hz, AC230V/60Hz, AC240V/50Hz, AC240V/60Hz etc. please specify when ordering.

Technical data Explosion-proof tank air conditioners


Explosion protection

BKG(R)- /

II 3(2) G Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIB T4 Gc II 3(2) G Ex deib[ib Gb]nC IIC T4 Gc

Certificates Conformity to standards

PCEC (China); LCIE 12 ATEX_____ ; IECEx EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-11:2007 EN 60079-15:2010 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-11:2006 IEC 60079-15:2010

Zones 1&2
8/8
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners BKG Series Explosion-proof Tank Air Conditioners

Technical data
Type W Cooling capacity BTU Heating capacity (W) Rated voltage/Frequency (V/Hz) Input power (P) Cooling input power/current (W/A) Heating input power/current (W/A) Application areas (m ) Indoor unit Sound level (dB) Outdoor unit Indoor unit Outline dimensions Outdoor unit (L x W x H) (mm) Control box Indoor unit Weight (kg) Outdoor unit Control box 380 x 250 x 165 48 75 6 870 x 850 x 319 53 1900 x 600 x 280 53 1900 x 600 x 280 870 x 850 x 319 380 x 250 x 165 48 75 6
2

BKG-70/220 7300 24000

BKGR-70/220 7300 24000 7800

BKG-120/380 12200 40000

BKGR-120/380 12200 40000 14500

220/50 3P 2780/12.1

220/50 3P 2780/12.1 2600/11.3

380/50 5P 4380/7.8

380/50 5P 4380/7.8 5000/8.9

27 32 43

27 32 43

50 80 52 56 1900 x 600 x 280 1258 x 970 x 369 380 x 250 x 165 48 119 7

50 80 52 56 1900 x 600 x 280 1258 x 970 x 369 380 x 250 x 165 48 119 7

Note: Technical data above for products of T1 rating.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Indoor unit Outdoor unit Control box

Cable

Cable

Brass pipe

Indoor

Outdoor

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/9

Air Conditioners BKG Series Explosion-proof Tank Air Conditioners

Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code

T1, AC220V/50Hz

803001

BKG(R)-70/220 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor

T2, AC220V/50Hz

803002

T3, AC220V/50Hz

803003

T1, AC220V/50Hz

803004

BKG(R)-120/380 Explosion-proof indoor fan motor Explosion-proof indoor fan motor

T2, AC220V/50Hz

803005

T3, AC220V/50Hz

803006

Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code

T1, AC220V/50Hz

803007

T2, AC220V/50Hz BKG(R)-70/220 Explosion-proof compressor

803008

T3, AC220V/50Hz

803009

T1, AC380V/50Hz

803010

BKG(R)-120/380 Explosion-proof compressor

T2, AC380V/50Hz

803011

Explosion-proof compressor

T3, AC380V/50Hz

803012

8/10

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Air Conditioners BKG Series Explosion-proof Tank Air Conditioners

Accessories
Image Name Application Ordering code

T1, AC220V/50Hz

803013

BKG(R)-70/220 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor

T2, AC220V/50Hz

803014

T3, AC220V/50Hz

803015

T1, AC380V/50Hz

803016

BKG(R)-120/380 Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor Explosion-proof outdoor fan motor

T2, AC380V/50Hz

803017

T3, AC380V/50Hz

803018

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/11

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Explosion-proof types IIB, IIC. Available in types G, X, Q,T .

Catalogue number logic


PXK /
Protection type: Px & Pz Cabinet type: G1, G2, G3 Box type: X1, X2, X3 Piano type: Q Special requirement:T T: ventilated type; B: compensated type Pressurized explosion-proof electrical applicance

Technical data Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets


Explosion protection Certificates Positive pressure value Air pressure Conformity to standards II 2 G Ex deib[ib]px IIB T4 Gb PCEC (China); DNV 12 ATEX_____ ; IECEx 60Pa~800Pa(0.00006bar~0.0008bar) 0.2MPa~0.8MPa or 0.2MPa~0.5MPa(2bar~8bar or 2bar~5bar) EN 60079-0:2009, EN 60079-1:2007, EN 60079-2:2008, EN 60079-7:2007, EN 60079-11:2007 IEC 60079-0:2007, IEC 60079-1:2007, IEC 60079-2:2007, IEC 60079-7:2006, IEC 60079-11:2006

PXK-

Zones 1&2
8/12
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Cabinets PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets

Structure description
The product consists of main panel and bracket panel. The main panel is of pressu rized c avity, with electrical comp onent s that users need and pressure check sensor system, ventilation air distri butio n system, and air condit ionin g system, etc; the bracket panel is installed with explosion-proof ventil atio n auto-control system, expl osion -proo f power auto-cut system, explosion-proof alarm system, explosion-proof pressure display system, and air in/out conne ctor; the bracket panel with auto-air supply is equipped with explosion-proof air supply device; Cabinet type product adopts GGD frame; the main panel and b racke t pan el ar e of le ft a nd r igh t struct ure;cable channel is of horizontal installation type; bottom inlet, front operation and back overhauling; Box type p roduct adopts high quality steel plate welding structure; the main panel and bracket p anel are of up and down str uctur e; wall type installation; bottom inlet, front operation and back overhauling; Piano type product adopts high quality steel plate folded welding structure; the main panel and bracket panel are of front and back structure; horizontal type installation; bottom inlet, piano type operation and back overhauling; The back doors of cabinet type and piano type are of rapid opening device, convenient for user to install and overhaul; Stainless steel material is on request.

Function description
Px series pressurized cabinets The product is set with ventilation inter-lock mechanism; the bracket panel can be energized and start to det ect the air pressure of main cavity only after ventilation of main panel cavity, reach stipulated time and ventilation value, and there is no combustible gas in the main panel; make sure the electrical components have been isolated effectively by medium before operation; The power auto-cut system of bracket panel can transmit power to main cavity only when the a ir pressur e of mai n pan el ca vity meets requirement. The working air pressure of main panel cavity: 100Pa P 800Pa; when the air pressure is higher than 800Pa, the auto-control system automatically shuts down air inflow or opens exhaust valve, so as to automatically adjust the inner air pressure; make sure the product will not be damaged by high pressure impact; when air pressure is lower than 100Pa, the autocontrol system automatically alarms (audio and visual); opens air inflow and automatically adjusts inner air; when air inflow successes, it recovers to normal; if not, the air pressure decreases to 60Pa; the system automatically de-energizing can be set if necessary; The auto-control system of bracket panel is of continuous monitoring, and displays pressure parameter of main panel cavity; Pressurized ventilation type supplies air continuously; the working heat of the electrical components can be dissipated any time, with good heat dissipation function; detect instrument, analysis instrument, display instrument, low-voltage apparatus, frequency converter, soft starter, and computer, etc can be equipped inside; the whole s et of produ ct can be u sed as devi ce start, c ontrol, central signal processing and control system; Pressurized compensation type supplies air discontinuously; the pressurized cavity is with good sealing performance; The products with the same types can operate in parallel with several sets; When user supplies air, clean or inert gas must be provided. Generally, the on- site instrument air can meet requirement. Air pressure is 0.2-0.8MPa or 0.2-0.5MPa (subject to volume size of main cavity); The applicable power system is the AC three-phase four-wire 380/220 system and all the light current system; high voltage system is not applicable. Pz series pressurized cabinets It is a pressurized explosion-proof cabinet designed for Zone 2; compared with Px series, Pz ser ies leave o ut the safe ty device that checks ventilation time, and only marks the ventilation time; it is operated according to requirement before energizing of main cavity by user; when air pressure is lower than 100Pa, the auto-control system automatically alarms (audio and visual); opens air inflow and automatically adjusts inner air; when air inflow successes, it r ecovers to normal; if not, the air pressure decreases to 60Pa; the system does not automatically de-energize, but continues to alarm.

Ordering information
Please specify the product type when ordering according to Catalogue Number Logic; Users should provide electric system drawing, control schematic diagram, brand of inner components,layout drawing of panel components, cable side of inlet/out, and quantity, etc.

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/13

Distribution Cabinets PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets

Description of cabinet type product


The pressurized cavity of cabinet type produ ct has a la rge volume and larg e number of components; it is suitable for the start, c ontrol, es pecially the frequency control of motor speed and soft start, etc of large apparatus (large power); it is also used for ce ntralized control, craft control, instrument analysis, and signal centralized processing system; Users can select proper size (G1, G2, G3) according to the qua ntit y of inner components, and can design the layout drawing of panel and components according to the following "Effective dimension of operation panel of the main cavity", as reference for us; Special design is on request;

Relevant dimension of cabinet type product


Specification Outline dimension (mm) W H D 1200 x 1800 x 600 1400 x 2100 x 600 1400 x 2100 x 800 Main panel dimension (mm) W H D 800 x 1800 x 600 1000 x 2100 x 600 1000 x 2100 x 800 Bracket panel dimension (mm) W H D 400 x 1800 x 600 400 x 2100 x 600 400 x 2100 x 800 Effective dimension of operation panel of the main cavity (mm) W H 600 x 1500 800 x 1800 800 x 1800 Installation Enclosure dimension weight (mm) (kg) 1000 x 550 1200 x 550 1200 x 750 80 100 120

G1 G2 G3

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

Bracket

panel

Front view

8/14

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

Distribution Cabinets PXK Series Explosion-proof Pressurized Distribution Cabinets

Description of piano type product


The components of pressurized cavity of piano type product are mainly used for on-site control components, analysis instrument, centralized control and signal contact; and used for on-site continuous operation and monitoring; Computer can be installed on request; Special design is on request;

Outline dimension (piano type)


Front view Side view

Typical scheme

Outline dimension (box type)


W D

Description of box type product


The volume of pressurized cavity of box type product is relatively small; it is suitable for systems like centralized control, instrum ent analysis, programmable controller, veneer IPC and micro-processing control, etc; Can used as fit electrical control box for large equipment according to user's requirement; can be installed and used together with the equipment; Users can select proper size (X1, X2, X3) according to the quantity of inner components, and can design the la yout drawi ng of panel and components according to the following "Effective dimension of operation panel of the main cavity", as reference for us; Special design is on request.

Relevant dimension of cabinet type product


Specification Outline dimension (mm) W H D 550 x 800 x 230 1000 x 800 x 230 1000 x 1300 x 230 Main panel dimension (mm) W H D 550 x 550 x 230 1000 x 550 x 230 1000 x 1000 x 230 Bracket panel dimension (mm) W H D 550 x 250 x 230 1000 x 250 x 230 1000 x 300 x 230 Effective dimension of operation panel of the main cavity (mm) W H 500 x 500 950 x 500 950 x 950 Installation Enclosure dimension weight (mm) (kg) According to user's requirement or order separately 40 60 8

X1 X2 X3

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/15

Air Conditioners, Distribution Cabinets and Engineering Cabins


PXB Series Explosion-proof Engineering Cabins
Explosion protection to -CENELEC -IEC Can be used in Zone 1 and Zone 2 Enclosure in carbon steel or stainless steel

Catalogue number logic


PXB /
T(carbon steel) S(stainless steel) I: 12' (12' x 8' x 9') II: 20' (20' x 8' x 9') T: Special dimensions on request Pressurized Enclosure Engineering Cabins

This product is welded by steel. A60 Zone I Rated DNV 2.7-1 2.7-2 Rated Structure

Protected with Fire Detection Gas Detection System Fitted with Dedicated Air Conditioning System With continuous clean gas filled; keep the internal air fresh and safe. Automatic Fire Dampers (fail safe) Equipped with Fire Extinguishers Two airtight doors, equipped with viewing window and emergency exit Special requirement on request

Zones 1&2
8/16
General Catalogue 01.01.2012 http:// www.waromgroup.com

Engineering Cabins PXB Series Explosion-proof Engineering Cabins

Product introduction
The explosion-proof control box is the standard control box or PLC programmed control box. Combustible gas detector and toxic gas detector are modular designed. The thermal detector, smoke detector, and pressure transmitter are intrinsic safety explosion-proof components. The power of centrifugal fan is subject to room size. The type of explosion-proof air conditioner is subject to room size. With audio and visual alarm interlock system. Illumination system is the explosion-proof fluorescent lamp. The explosion-proof emergency lamp is LED lamp.

Dimension drawings (all dimensions in mm) - subject to alteration

PXB-I (12' x 8' x 9' )

PXB-II (20' x 8' x 9' )

General Catalogue 01.01.2012

http:// www.waromgroup.com

8/17

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen